﻿<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" standalone="yes"?><rss version="2.0" xmlns:dc="http://purl.org/dc/elements/1.1/" xmlns:trackback="http://madskills.com/public/xml/rss/module/trackback/" xmlns:wfw="http://wellformedweb.org/CommentAPI/" xmlns:slash="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/slash/"><channel><title>BlogJava-The NoteBook of EricKong-随笔分类-桑巴葡萄牙语教学-佛山</title><link>http://www.blogjava.net/jjshcc/category/53863.html</link><description>桑巴葡语翻译工作室是广州市最专业葡萄牙语翻译机构-www.puyufanyi.com-欢迎寻找Java,As400,Mainframe的猎头eric_cc#qq.ccom(把#换成@)</description><language>zh-cn</language><lastBuildDate>Wed, 04 Sep 2013 13:08:58 GMT</lastBuildDate><pubDate>Wed, 04 Sep 2013 13:08:58 GMT</pubDate><ttl>60</ttl><item><title>阳性或者阴性皆可的名词-佛山葡萄牙语家教服务-桑巴葡语翻译工作室</title><link>http://www.blogjava.net/jjshcc/archive/2013/09/03/403615.html</link><dc:creator>Eric_jiang</dc:creator><author>Eric_jiang</author><pubDate>Tue, 03 Sep 2013 08:47:00 GMT</pubDate><guid>http://www.blogjava.net/jjshcc/archive/2013/09/03/403615.html</guid><wfw:comment>http://www.blogjava.net/jjshcc/comments/403615.html</wfw:comment><comments>http://www.blogjava.net/jjshcc/archive/2013/09/03/403615.html#Feedback</comments><slash:comments>2</slash:comments><wfw:commentRss>http://www.blogjava.net/jjshcc/comments/commentRss/403615.html</wfw:commentRss><trackback:ping>http://www.blogjava.net/jjshcc/services/trackbacks/403615.html</trackback:ping><description><![CDATA[<div><address>Nouns of either gender</address>  <address>阳性或者阴性皆可的名词</address><p align="left" style="text-align:left;text-autospace:none"><strong></strong></p>  <address>&nbsp;</address>  <address>A few nouns can be either masculine or feminine. Relatively common among these are:</address>  <address>diabetes (also <span style="font-style: normal; "><em>diabete</em></span>) &#8216;diabetes&#8217;, <span style="font-style: normal; "><em>su&#233;ter </em></span>&#8216;sweater&#8217; (more often encountered as masculine) and <span style="font-style: normal; "><em>h&#233;lice </em></span>&#8216;propeller&#8217; (which is more commonly feminine, though can be masculine when</address>  <address>referring to the propeller of a ship or boat).</address>  <address>&nbsp;</address>  <address>有一些名词，它们是阳性或者阴性皆可的，其中比较常见的是diabetes (also diabete) &#8216;diabetes&#8217; 糖尿病, su&#233;ter &#8216;sweater&#8217; 羊毛衫（通常都是阳性的）和 h&#233;lice &#8216;propeller&#8217; 螺旋桨，推进器（通常都是阴性的，但是它也可以是阳性的，当涉及的是轮船或者是小艇。</address></div><img src ="http://www.blogjava.net/jjshcc/aggbug/403615.html" width = "1" height = "1" /><br><br><div align=right><a style="text-decoration:none;" href="http://www.blogjava.net/jjshcc/" target="_blank">Eric_jiang</a> 2013-09-03 16:47 <a href="http://www.blogjava.net/jjshcc/archive/2013/09/03/403615.html#Feedback" target="_blank" style="text-decoration:none;">发表评论</a></div>]]></description></item><item><title>复合名词的性-佛山葡萄牙语教学-桑巴葡语翻译工作室</title><link>http://www.blogjava.net/jjshcc/archive/2013/09/03/403611.html</link><dc:creator>Eric_jiang</dc:creator><author>Eric_jiang</author><pubDate>Tue, 03 Sep 2013 08:29:00 GMT</pubDate><guid>http://www.blogjava.net/jjshcc/archive/2013/09/03/403611.html</guid><wfw:comment>http://www.blogjava.net/jjshcc/comments/403611.html</wfw:comment><comments>http://www.blogjava.net/jjshcc/archive/2013/09/03/403611.html#Feedback</comments><slash:comments>0</slash:comments><wfw:commentRss>http://www.blogjava.net/jjshcc/comments/commentRss/403611.html</wfw:commentRss><trackback:ping>http://www.blogjava.net/jjshcc/services/trackbacks/403611.html</trackback:ping><description><![CDATA[<div><address>The gender of a hyphenated compound noun is usually determined by the gender of the first noun in the compound, e.g. <span style="font-style: normal; "><em>posto-chave </em></span>&#8216;key post&#8217;, which is masculine like <span style="font-style: normal; "><em>posto</em></span>,and <span style="font-style: normal; "><em>meia-noite</em></span>, which is feminine like <span style="font-style: normal; "><em>noite</em></span>. Compounds that begin with a verb stem are masculine, e.g. <span style="font-style: normal; "><em>guarda-chuva </em></span>&#8216;umbrella&#8217;, <span style="font-style: normal; "><em>para-brisa </em></span>&#8216;windscreen&#8217;.</address>  <address>&nbsp;</address>  <address>复合名词的性一般取决于第一个名词的性，例如，<span style="font-style: normal; "><em>posto-chave </em></span>&#8216;key post&#8217;,关键岗位，它们都是阳性的，正如<span style="font-style: normal; "><em>posto</em></span><span style="font-style: normal; "><em>邮递</em></span>,和<span style="font-style: normal; "><em>meia-noite</em></span><span style="font-style: normal; "><em>午夜</em></span>,而<span style="font-style: normal; "><em>noite</em></span><span style="font-style: normal; "><em>夜</em></span>是阴性的，那些由动词开头的复合名词是阳性的，例如，<span style="font-style: normal; "><em>guarda-chuva </em></span>&#8216;umbrella&#8216;伞，<span style="font-style: normal; "><em>para-brisa </em></span>&#8216;windscreen&#8217;.挡风玻璃</address>  <address>&nbsp;</address>  <address>However, compounds referring to people can be masculine or feminine, depending on the sex of the person referred to, regardless of the original gender of the component noun, e.g.<span style="font-style: normal; "><em>sem-teto </em></span>&#8216;homeless person&#8217;, <span style="font-style: normal; "><em>cabe&#231;a-dura </em></span>&#8216;pigheaded person&#8217;, <span style="font-style: normal; "><em>porta-voz </em></span>&#8216;spokesperson&#8217;,<span style="font-style: normal; "><em>rela&#231;&#245;es-p&#250;blicas </em></span>&#8216;PR manager&#8217;.</address>  <address>&nbsp;</address>  <address>但是，那些涉及到人复合名词，即可以是阳性的也可以是女性的，这决定于所提及的人的性别，</address>  <address>不管这个复合名词原本的性，例如，<span style="font-style: normal; "><em>sem-teto </em></span>&#8216;homeless person&#8217;无家可归的人, <span style="font-style: normal; "><em>cabe&#231;a-dura </em></span>&#8216;pigheaded person&#8217;固执的人, <span style="font-style: normal; "><em>porta-voz </em></span>&#8216;spokesperson&#8217;代言人,<span style="font-style: normal; "><em>rela&#231;&#245;es-p&#250;blicas </em></span>&#8216;PR manager&#8217;公共关系经理</address></div><img src ="http://www.blogjava.net/jjshcc/aggbug/403611.html" width = "1" height = "1" /><br><br><div align=right><a style="text-decoration:none;" href="http://www.blogjava.net/jjshcc/" target="_blank">Eric_jiang</a> 2013-09-03 16:29 <a href="http://www.blogjava.net/jjshcc/archive/2013/09/03/403611.html#Feedback" target="_blank" style="text-decoration:none;">发表评论</a></div>]]></description></item><item><title>隐含为阳性或者是阴性的名词-佛山葡萄牙语培训-桑巴葡语翻译工作室</title><link>http://www.blogjava.net/jjshcc/archive/2013/09/03/403608.html</link><dc:creator>Eric_jiang</dc:creator><author>Eric_jiang</author><pubDate>Tue, 03 Sep 2013 07:49:00 GMT</pubDate><guid>http://www.blogjava.net/jjshcc/archive/2013/09/03/403608.html</guid><wfw:comment>http://www.blogjava.net/jjshcc/comments/403608.html</wfw:comment><comments>http://www.blogjava.net/jjshcc/archive/2013/09/03/403608.html#Feedback</comments><slash:comments>0</slash:comments><wfw:commentRss>http://www.blogjava.net/jjshcc/comments/commentRss/403608.html</wfw:commentRss><trackback:ping>http://www.blogjava.net/jjshcc/services/trackbacks/403608.html</trackback:ping><description><![CDATA[<div><address>Words that are masculine by implication</address>  <address>隐含为阳性的名词</address><p align="left" style="text-align:left;text-autospace:none"><strong></strong></p>  <address>&nbsp;</address>  <address>The following nouns are masculine by implication, i.e. there is an unexpressed noun</address>  <address>(shown below in parentheses) which determines their gender:</address>  <address>下面这些名词隐含地为阳性的，</address>  <address>&nbsp;</address>  <address>(i) months of the year (<span style="font-style: normal; "><em>m&#234;s</em></span>): <span style="font-style: normal; "><em>abril pr&#243;ximo </em></span>&#8216;next April&#8217;; 月份，下一个四月</address>  <address>(ii) rivers, seas, mountains (<span style="font-style: normal; "><em>rio</em></span>, <span style="font-style: normal; "><em>mar</em></span>/<span style="font-style: normal; "><em>oceano</em></span>, <span style="font-style: normal; "><em>monte</em></span>): <span style="font-style: normal; "><em>o Amazonas </em></span>&#8216;the Amazon&#8217;, <span style="font-style: normal; "><em>o Pac&#237;fico </em></span>&#8216;the Pacific&#8217;;河流，海洋，山，阿马逊河，太平洋</address><p align="left" style="text-align:left;text-autospace:none"><strong></strong></p>  <address>(iii) cardinal points (<span style="font-style: normal; "><em>ponto cardeal</em></span>): <span style="font-style: normal; "><em>ao norte </em></span>&#8216;to the north&#8217;;<span style="font-style: normal; "><em> </em></span>基本方位，在北方</address>  <address>(iv) cars, planes, ships (<span style="font-style: normal; "><em>carro</em></span>, <span style="font-style: normal; "><em>avi&#227;o</em></span>, <span style="font-style: normal; "><em>navio</em></span>): <span style="font-style: normal; "><em>um Fiat </em></span>&#8216;a Fiat&#8217;, <span style="font-style: normal; "><em>o Titanic </em></span>&#8216;the Titanic&#8217;;车，飞机，轮船，一台菲亚特，泰坦尼克号</address>  <address>(v) bars, restaurants, hotels (<span style="font-style: normal; "><em>bar</em></span>, <span style="font-style: normal; "><em>restaurante</em></span>, <span style="font-style: normal; "><em>hotel</em></span>): <span style="font-style: normal; "><em>o Hilton </em></span>&#8216;the Hilton&#8217;;吧，饭馆，酒店，希尔顿酒店</address>  <address>(vi) newspapers (<span style="font-style: normal; "><em>jornal</em></span>): <span style="font-style: normal; "><em>o New York Times </em></span>&#8216;the New York Times&#8217;;报纸杂志，纽约时代杂志</address>  <address>(vii) sports teams (<span style="font-style: normal; "><em>time</em></span>): <span style="font-style: normal; "><em>o Corinthians </em></span>&#8216;Corinthians&#8217;;运动，业余运动员</address>  <address>(viii) letters of the alphabet: <span style="font-style: normal; "><em>dois fs </em></span>&#8216;two fs&#8217;.字母表的字符，两个fs</address>  <address>&nbsp;</address>  <address>Words that are feminine by implication</address>  <address>下面这些名词隐含地为阴性的，</address>  <address>&nbsp;</address>  <address>(i) cities (<span style="font-style: normal; "><em>cidade</em></span>): <span style="font-style: normal; "><em>toda Paris </em></span>&#8216;all of Paris&#8217;, except when the city name contains the masculine definite article, e.g. <span style="font-style: normal; "><em>o Rio de Janeiro </em></span>(<em>masc.</em>); 城市，巴黎，除了那些城市名词包含了阳性的冠词，例如，里约热内卢</address>  <address>(ii) streets (<span style="font-style: normal; "><em>rua</em></span>): <span style="font-style: normal; "><em>na esquina da Visconde </em></span>&#8216;on the corner of Visconde&#8217;;街道，</address>  <address>(iii) TV networks (<span style="font-style: normal; "><em>rede</em></span>): <span style="font-style: normal; "><em>na CNN </em></span>&#8216;on CNN&#8217;;电视网络，例如CNN</address>  <address>(iv) companies, shops, airlines (<span style="font-style: normal; "><em>empresa</em></span>, <span style="font-style: normal; "><em>loja</em></span>, <span style="font-style: normal; "><em>companhia</em></span>): <span style="font-style: normal; "><em>a Microsoft </em></span>&#8216;Microsoft&#8217;. 公司，商店，航班，微软</address>  <address>&nbsp;</address></div><img src ="http://www.blogjava.net/jjshcc/aggbug/403608.html" width = "1" height = "1" /><br><br><div align=right><a style="text-decoration:none;" href="http://www.blogjava.net/jjshcc/" target="_blank">Eric_jiang</a> 2013-09-03 15:49 <a href="http://www.blogjava.net/jjshcc/archive/2013/09/03/403608.html#Feedback" target="_blank" style="text-decoration:none;">发表评论</a></div>]]></description></item><item><title>根据意思决定阳性或者是阴性的名词-佛山葡萄牙语教学机构</title><link>http://www.blogjava.net/jjshcc/archive/2013/09/03/403605.html</link><dc:creator>Eric_jiang</dc:creator><author>Eric_jiang</author><pubDate>Tue, 03 Sep 2013 07:20:00 GMT</pubDate><guid>http://www.blogjava.net/jjshcc/archive/2013/09/03/403605.html</guid><wfw:comment>http://www.blogjava.net/jjshcc/comments/403605.html</wfw:comment><comments>http://www.blogjava.net/jjshcc/archive/2013/09/03/403605.html#Feedback</comments><slash:comments>0</slash:comments><wfw:commentRss>http://www.blogjava.net/jjshcc/comments/commentRss/403605.html</wfw:commentRss><trackback:ping>http://www.blogjava.net/jjshcc/services/trackbacks/403605.html</trackback:ping><description><![CDATA[<div><address>Nouns that are masculine or feminine depending on meaning，</address><p align="left" style="text-align:left;text-autospace:none"><strong></strong></p>  <address>根据意思决定阳性或者是阴性的名词</address><p align="left" style="text-align:left;text-autospace:none"><strong></strong></p>  <address>&nbsp;</address>  <address>Some words can be masculine or feminine depending on the meaning. Here are some common examples:</address>  <address>&nbsp;</address>  <address>某些名词的阳性或者是阴性，取决于这个词的在情景中的意思，下面是一些常用的例子</address>  <address>&nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp;作为阳性名词&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;  &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;作为阴性名词</address>  <address><em>As masculine noun &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;As feminine noun</em></address>  <address>Capital&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;  capital (= <em>money</em>) 资金&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;  capital (= <em>city</em>) 城市</address>  <address>Cara&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;  guy&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;  家伙&nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; face 名字</address>  <address>grama &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; gram (= <em>measure</em>) 尺寸&nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp;grass 玻璃</address>  <address>guia &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; guide (= <em>man or book</em>) 男人或者书&nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp;guide (= <em>woman</em>); form, slip &nbsp; <label style="margin-bottom:0px;margin-left:0px;margin-right:0px;margin-top:  0px;padding-bottom:0px;padding-left:0px;padding-right:0px;padding-top:0px">  </label><span style="font-style: normal; "><em>失误，口误；</em></span>  &nbsp; <label style="margin-bottom:0px;margin-left:0px;margin-right:0px;margin-top:  0px;padding-bottom:0px;padding-left:0px;padding-right:0px;padding-top:0px">  </label>事故</address>  <address>moral &nbsp;&nbsp;morale morality; 道德观&nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; moral (<em>of a story</em>) 寓意，教训</address>  <address>r&#225;dio &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; radio; &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; <span style="font-style: normal; "><em>无线电</em></span>&nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp;radium radio station. 无线电电台</address></div><img src ="http://www.blogjava.net/jjshcc/aggbug/403605.html" width = "1" height = "1" /><br><br><div align=right><a style="text-decoration:none;" href="http://www.blogjava.net/jjshcc/" target="_blank">Eric_jiang</a> 2013-09-03 15:20 <a href="http://www.blogjava.net/jjshcc/archive/2013/09/03/403605.html#Feedback" target="_blank" style="text-decoration:none;">发表评论</a></div>]]></description></item><item><title>单性名词既能用于男性，也可以用于女性</title><link>http://www.blogjava.net/jjshcc/archive/2013/09/03/403601.html</link><dc:creator>Eric_jiang</dc:creator><author>Eric_jiang</author><pubDate>Tue, 03 Sep 2013 06:55:00 GMT</pubDate><guid>http://www.blogjava.net/jjshcc/archive/2013/09/03/403601.html</guid><wfw:comment>http://www.blogjava.net/jjshcc/comments/403601.html</wfw:comment><comments>http://www.blogjava.net/jjshcc/archive/2013/09/03/403601.html#Feedback</comments><slash:comments>0</slash:comments><wfw:commentRss>http://www.blogjava.net/jjshcc/comments/commentRss/403601.html</wfw:commentRss><trackback:ping>http://www.blogjava.net/jjshcc/services/trackbacks/403601.html</trackback:ping><description><![CDATA[<div><address>The following nouns are grammatically masculine only, but can refer to females as well</address>  <address>as males: <span style="font-style: normal; "><em>c&#244;njuge </em></span>&#8216;spouse&#8217;, <span style="font-style: normal; "><em>indiv&#237;duo </em></span>&#8216;individual&#8217;, <span style="font-style: normal; "><em>ser </em></span>&#8216;being&#8217;.The following nouns are grammatically feminine only, but can refer to males as well as females: <span style="font-style: normal; "><em>crian&#231;a </em></span>&#8216;child&#8217;, <span style="font-style: normal; "><em>pessoa </em></span>&#8216;person&#8217;, <span style="font-style: normal; "><em>testemunha </em></span>&#8216;witness&#8217;, <span style="font-style: normal; "><em>v&#237;tima </em></span>&#8216;victim&#8217;.</address>  <address>&nbsp;</address>  <address>下面这些名词，在语法上只能用于男性，但是也可以用于女性。<span style="font-style: normal; "><em>c&#244;njuge </em></span>&#8216;spouse&#8217;，配偶, <span style="font-style: normal; "><em>indiv&#237;duo </em></span>&#8216;individual&#8217;个人, <span style="font-style: normal; "><em>ser </em></span>&#8216;being&#8217;是.下面这些名词在语法上只能用于女性，但是也可以用于男性。<span style="font-style: normal; "><em>crian&#231;a </em></span>&#8216;child&#8217; 孩子, <span style="font-style: normal; "><em>pessoa </em></span>&#8216;person&#8217; 人, <span style="font-style: normal; "><em>testemunha </em></span>&#8216;witness&#8217; 目击证人, <span style="font-style: normal; "><em>v&#237;tima </em></span>&#8216;victim&#8217;受害者.</address></div><img src ="http://www.blogjava.net/jjshcc/aggbug/403601.html" width = "1" height = "1" /><br><br><div align=right><a style="text-decoration:none;" href="http://www.blogjava.net/jjshcc/" target="_blank">Eric_jiang</a> 2013-09-03 14:55 <a href="http://www.blogjava.net/jjshcc/archive/2013/09/03/403601.html#Feedback" target="_blank" style="text-decoration:none;">发表评论</a></div>]]></description></item><item><title>那些既可以是阳性也可以是阴性的名词</title><link>http://www.blogjava.net/jjshcc/archive/2013/08/30/403512.html</link><dc:creator>Eric_jiang</dc:creator><author>Eric_jiang</author><pubDate>Fri, 30 Aug 2013 10:00:00 GMT</pubDate><guid>http://www.blogjava.net/jjshcc/archive/2013/08/30/403512.html</guid><wfw:comment>http://www.blogjava.net/jjshcc/comments/403512.html</wfw:comment><comments>http://www.blogjava.net/jjshcc/archive/2013/08/30/403512.html#Feedback</comments><slash:comments>0</slash:comments><wfw:commentRss>http://www.blogjava.net/jjshcc/comments/commentRss/403512.html</wfw:commentRss><trackback:ping>http://www.blogjava.net/jjshcc/services/trackbacks/403512.html</trackback:ping><description><![CDATA[<div><address>Nouns that can be both masculine and feminine</address><address>那些既可以是阳性也可以是阴性的名词<br /><br /></address><div></div><address>In general, words referring to human beings can be either masculine or feminine, depending on the sex of the person referred to. Note that the default gender is masculine when the sex of the person is unknown or irrelevant.<br /><br /></address><address>总体上来说，那些涉及到人类的名词，既可以是阳性，也可以是阴性的，这决定于所提及的人的性别，要注意的是，这些名词默认的性是阳性，假如所提及的人的性别是未知道或者是与性别毫无干系。<br /><br /></address><div></div><address>Nouns of this type end in -ante/-ente/-inte, e.g. estudante &#8216;student&#8217;, gerente &#8216;manager&#8217;,ouvinte &#8216;listener&#8217;; -cida,3 e.g. suicida &#8216;suicide (victim)&#8217;; -ense, e.g. canadense &#8216;Canadian&#8217;;-ista, e.g. dentista &#8216;dentist&#8217;; -ta, e.g. diplomata &#8216;diplomat&#8217;, idiota &#8216;idiot&#8217;, vietnamita &#8216;Vietnamese&#8217; and some other nationalities, such as belga &#8216;Belgian&#8217;, et&#237;ope &#8216;Ethiopian&#8217;.<br /><br /></address><div></div><address>这类的名词以下面结尾</address><address>&nbsp;-ante/-ente/-inte, e.g.estudante &#8216;student&#8217;学生, gerente &#8216;manager&#8217;经理,ouvinte &#8216;listener&#8217;;听众</address><address>&nbsp;-cida, e.g. suicida &#8216;suicide (victim)&#8217;; 自杀行为</address><address>&nbsp;-ense, e.g. canadense &#8216;Canadian&#8217;; 加拿大人</address><address>&nbsp;-ista, e.g. dentista &#8216;dentist&#8217;;牙科医生</address><address>&nbsp;-ta, e.g. diplomata &#8216;diplomat&#8217;外交官, idiota &#8216;idiot&#8217;白痴, vietnamita &#8216;Vietnamese&#8217; 越南人 和其他国籍和民族群体, 例如 belga &#8216;Belgian&#8217; 比利时人, et&#237;ope &#8216;Ethiopian&#8217; 埃塞俄比亚人.<br /><br /></address><div></div><address>3 Nouns ending in -cida that refer to chemical products are masculine, e.g. inseticida &#8216;insecticide&#8217;.</address><address>那些以-cida结尾的化学产品名词是阳性的，例如，inseticida &#8216;insecticide&#8217;. 杀虫剂<br /><br /></address><div></div><address>Other members of this category are: caipira &#8216;hick&#8217;, camarada &#8216;mate, comrade&#8217;, chapa &#8216;buddy&#8217;, colega &#8216;friend, colleague&#8217;, comparsa &#8216;sidekick, partner in crime&#8217;, c&#250;mplice &#8216;accomplice&#8217;, f&#227; &#8216;fan&#8217;, herege &#8216;heretic&#8217;, int&#233;rprete &#8216;interpreter&#8217;, m&#225;rtir &#8216;martyr&#8217;, modelo &#8216;(fashion) model&#8217;, personagem &#8216;character&#8217; (in a story) and s&#243;sia &#8216;double, lookalike&#8217;.<br /><br /></address><div></div><address>这一类别的其它名词还有caipira &#8216;hick&#8217; 乡下人, camarada &#8216;mate, comrade&#8217; 同志, chapa &#8216;buddy&#8217;, 老兄colega &#8216;friend, colleague&#8217;朋友, comparsa &#8216;sidekick, partner in crime&#8217; 死党； 好友, c&#250;mplice &#8216;accomplice&#8217; 帮凶, f&#227; &#8216;fan&#8217;, herege &#8216;heretic&#8217; 异教徒, int&#233;rprete &#8216;interpreter&#8217;翻译员, m&#225;rtir &#8216;martyr&#8217;, 烈士modelo &#8216;(fashion) model&#8217;型号, personagem &#8216;character&#8217; (in a story)角色 and s&#243;sia &#8216;double, lookalike&#8217;. 两面派<br /><br /></address><div></div><div></div><address>Note that many originally single-gender nouns become two-gender when used to refer to human beings: &#226;ncora &#8216;TV anchorperson&#8217;, m&#227;o de vaca (informal) &#8216;skinflint&#8217;, seguran&#231;a &#8216;security guard, bodyguard&#8217;, etc.<br /><br /></address><address>要注意到的是，当某些名词涉及人类的时候，许多原来单性名词变为了双性名词，例如&#226;ncora &#8216;TV anchorperson&#8217; 电视节目主持人, m&#227;o de vaca (informal) &#8216;skinflint&#8217; 吝啬鬼，一毛不拔的人, seguran&#231;a &#8216;security guard, bodyguard&#8217;保镖</address></div><div></div><img src ="http://www.blogjava.net/jjshcc/aggbug/403512.html" width = "1" height = "1" /><br><br><div align=right><a style="text-decoration:none;" href="http://www.blogjava.net/jjshcc/" target="_blank">Eric_jiang</a> 2013-08-30 18:00 <a href="http://www.blogjava.net/jjshcc/archive/2013/08/30/403512.html#Feedback" target="_blank" style="text-decoration:none;">发表评论</a></div>]]></description></item><item><title>从形式上判断是阴性的名词</title><link>http://www.blogjava.net/jjshcc/archive/2013/08/30/403511.html</link><dc:creator>Eric_jiang</dc:creator><author>Eric_jiang</author><pubDate>Fri, 30 Aug 2013 09:29:00 GMT</pubDate><guid>http://www.blogjava.net/jjshcc/archive/2013/08/30/403511.html</guid><wfw:comment>http://www.blogjava.net/jjshcc/comments/403511.html</wfw:comment><comments>http://www.blogjava.net/jjshcc/archive/2013/08/30/403511.html#Feedback</comments><slash:comments>0</slash:comments><wfw:commentRss>http://www.blogjava.net/jjshcc/comments/commentRss/403511.html</wfw:commentRss><trackback:ping>http://www.blogjava.net/jjshcc/services/trackbacks/403511.html</trackback:ping><description><![CDATA[<div><address><div><address></address><div><p align="left" style="text-align:left;text-autospace:none"><strong><span style="font-size:11.0pt; font-family:&quot;AkzidenzGroteskBE-Bold&quot;,&quot;sans-serif&quot;;">Nouns that are feminine by form</span></strong></p>  <p align="left" style="text-align:left;text-autospace:none"><strong><span style="font-size:11.0pt;font-family:SimSun;">从形式上判断是阴性的名词</span></strong><strong></strong></p>  <p align="left" style="text-align:left;text-autospace:none"><strong>&nbsp;</strong></p>  <p align="left" style="margin-left:36.0pt;text-align:left; text-indent:-36.0pt;text-autospace:none"><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;"><span>(i)<span style="font:7.0pt &quot;Times New Roman&quot;">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </span></span></span><span style="font-size:10.0pt; font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;">The vast majority of nouns ending in -</span><strong><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS-Bold&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;">a </span></strong><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;">are </span><strong><em><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS-BoldItalic&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;">feminine</span></em></strong><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;">.</span></p>  <p align="left" style="margin-left:36.0pt;text-align:left; text-indent:0cm;text-autospace: none"><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:SimSun;">绝大部分以</span><span style="font-size:10.0pt; font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;">-a</span><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:SimSun;">结尾的名词都是阴性的</span></p>  <p align="left" style="margin-left:36.0pt;text-align:left; text-indent:0cm;text-autospace: none">&nbsp;</p>  <p align="left" style="text-align:left;text-autospace:none"><strong><em><span style="font-size:10.0pt; font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS-BoldItalic&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;">Exceptions</span></em></strong><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;">: nouns ending in -</span><strong><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS-Bold&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;">a </span></strong><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;">that denote human beings and can therefore be masculine or feminine depending on the sex of the person referred to; a group of nouns ending in -</span><strong><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS-Bold&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;">ma</span></strong><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;">, e.g. </span><strong><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS-Bold&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;">problema </span></strong><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;">&#8216;problem&#8217;, </span><strong><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS-Bold&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;">pajama</span></strong><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;"> &#8216;pyjamas&#8217;; the words </span><strong><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS-Bold&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;">alerta </span></strong><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;">&#8216;alert, warning&#8217;, </span><strong><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS-Bold&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;">cometa </span></strong><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;">&#8216;comet&#8217;, </span><strong><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS-Bold&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;">dia </span></strong><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;">&#8216;day&#8217;, </span><strong><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS-Bold&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;">mapa</span></strong><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;"> &#8216;map&#8217;, </span><strong><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS-Bold&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;">planeta </span></strong><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;">&#8216;planet&#8217;, </span><strong><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS-Bold&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;">samba </span></strong><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;">&#8216;samba&#8217;, </span><strong><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS-Bold&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;">tapa </span></strong><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;">&#8216;slap&#8217;, among others, which just have to be memorized. Note that nouns ending in stressed </span><strong><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS-Bold&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;">a </span></strong><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;">(</span><strong><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS-Bold&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;">&#225;</span></strong><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;">) are usually masculine, e.g. </span><strong><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS-Bold&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;">maracuj&#225; </span></strong><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;">&#8216;passion fruit&#8217;, </span><strong><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS-Bold&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;">sof&#225; </span></strong><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;">&#8216;sofa&#8217;, </span><strong><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS-Bold&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;">tamandu&#225; </span></strong><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;">&#8216;anteater&#8217;, as are those ending in -</span><strong><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family: &quot;TimesNewRomanPS-Bold&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;">&#227; </span></strong><span style="font-size:10.0pt; font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;">that denote an inanimate object, e.g. </span><strong><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS-Bold&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;">balangand&#227; </span></strong><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;">&#8216;bauble&#8217;, </span><strong><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS-Bold&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;">div&#227; </span></strong><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;">&#8216;couch&#8217;, </span><strong><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS-Bold&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;">o Ir&#227; </span></strong><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;">&#8216;Iran&#8217;, although </span><strong><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS-Bold&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;">ma&#231;&#227; </span></strong><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;">&#8216;apple&#8217; and </span><strong><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS-Bold&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;">l&#227; </span></strong><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;">&#8216;wool&#8217; are feminine.</span></p>  <p align="left" style="text-align:left;text-autospace:none">&nbsp;</p>  <p align="left" style="text-align:left;text-autospace:none"><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:SimSun;">例外：以</span><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;">-</span><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS-Bold&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;">a</span><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:SimSun;">结尾的指示人类的名词，它可以是阳性或者是阴性的，决定于所指向的人物的性别，一些以</span><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;">-</span><strong><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS-Bold&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;">ma</span></strong><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:SimSun;">结尾的名词，例如，</span><strong><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS-Bold&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;">problema </span></strong><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;">&#8216;problem&#8217;</span><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:SimSun;">&#8216;问题&#8217;，</span><strong><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS-Bold&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;"> pajama</span></strong><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;"> &#8216;pyjamas&#8217; </span><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:SimSun;">&#8216;睡衣&#8217;，</span><strong><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS-Bold&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;"> alerta </span></strong><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;">&#8216;alert, warning&#8217;</span><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:SimSun;">警报，提示，</span><strong><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS-Bold&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;">cometa </span></strong><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;">&#8216;comet&#8217;</span><strong> </strong><strong><span style="font-family:SimSun;color:#333333">彗星</span></strong><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;">, </span><strong><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS-Bold&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;">dia </span></strong><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;">&#8216;day&#8217;</span><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:SimSun;">日子</span><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;">, </span><strong><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS-Bold&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;">mapa</span></strong><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;"> &#8216;map&#8217;</span><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:SimSun;">地图</span><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;">, </span><strong><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS-Bold&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;">planeta </span></strong><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;">&#8216;planet&#8217;</span><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:SimSun;">行星</span><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;">, </span><strong><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS-Bold&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;">samba </span></strong><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;">&#8216;samba&#8217;</span><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:SimSun;">桑巴</span><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;">, </span><strong><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS-Bold&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;">tapa </span></strong><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;">&#8216;slap&#8217;</span> <span style="font-family:SimSun;color:black">掴，诸如此类，都是必须要特别记忆的。需要注意的是，那些以重读</span><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;">(</span><strong><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS-Bold&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;">&#225;</span></strong><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;">)</span><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:SimSun;">结尾的名词一般都是阳性的，例如</span><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;">. </span><strong><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS-Bold&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;">maracuj&#225; </span></strong><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;">&#8216;passion fruit&#8217;</span> <span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:SimSun;">百香果，</span><strong><span style="font-size:10.0pt; font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS-Bold&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;">sof&#225; </span></strong><span style="font-size:10.0pt; font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;">&#8216;sofa&#8217;,</span><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family: SimSun;">沙发，</span><strong><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS-Bold&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;">tamandu&#225; </span></strong><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;">&#8216;anteater&#8217;</span> <span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:SimSun;">食蚁兽，同样地，那些以</span><span style="font-size:10.0pt; font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;">-</span><strong><span style="font-size:10.0pt; font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS-Bold&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;">&#227;</span></strong><strong><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family: SimSun;">结尾的指示为无生命的物体也是阳性的，例如</span></strong><strong><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS-Bold&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;">balangand&#227; </span></strong><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;">&#8216;bauble&#8217;,</span><strong> </strong><strong><span style="font-family:SimSun;color:#333333">小件装饰品，</span></strong><strong><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS-Bold&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;">div&#227; </span></strong><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;">&#8216;couch&#8217;</span><strong> </strong><strong><span style="font-family:SimSun;color:#333333">睡椅</span></strong><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;">, </span><strong><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS-Bold&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;">o Ir&#227; </span></strong><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;">&#8216;Iran&#8217;</span><strong> </strong><strong><span style="font-family:SimSun;color:#333333">伊朗</span></strong><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;">, </span><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:SimSun;">尽管</span><strong><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS-Bold&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;">ma&#231;&#227; </span></strong><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;">&#8216;apple&#8217;</span><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:SimSun;">苹果</span><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;"> and </span><strong><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS-Bold&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;">l&#227; </span></strong><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;">&#8216;wool&#8217;</span><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:SimSun;">羊毛是阴性的</span></p>  <p align="left" style="text-align:left;text-autospace:none">&nbsp;</p>  <p align="left" style="margin-left:36.0pt;text-align:left; text-indent:-36.0pt;text-autospace:none"><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;"><span>(ii)<span style="font:7.0pt &quot;Times New Roman&quot;">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </span></span></span><span style="font-size:10.0pt; font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;">In addition, nouns with the following endings are </span><strong><em><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS-BoldItalic&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;">feminine</span></em></strong><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;">: -</span><strong><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS-Bold&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;">dade</span></strong><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;">,</span><span style="font-size:6.5pt;font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;">1 </span><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;">e.g. </span><strong><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS-Bold&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;">lealdade </span></strong><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;">&#8216;loyalty&#8217;; -</span><strong><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS-Bold&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;">&#231;&#227;o </span></strong><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;">(corresponding to English -</span><em><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS-Italic&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;">tion</span></em><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;">), e.g. </span><strong><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS-Bold&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;">a&#231;&#227;o </span></strong><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;">&#8216;action&#8217;; -</span><strong><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS-Bold&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;">d&#227;o </span></strong><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;">(abstract</span><strong> </strong><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;">nouns), e.g. </span><strong><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS-Bold&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;">solid&#227;o </span></strong><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;">&#8216;loneliness&#8217;; -</span><strong><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS-Bold&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;">gem</span></strong><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;">,</span><span style="font-size:6.5pt;font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;">2 </span><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;">e.g. </span><strong><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS-Bold&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;">viagem </span></strong><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;">&#8216;journey&#8217;; -</span><strong><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS-Bold&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;">ise</span></strong><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;">, e.g. </span><strong><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS-Bold&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;">crise </span></strong><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;">&#8216;crisis&#8217;;-</span><strong><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS-Bold&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;">ite</span></strong><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;">, e.g. </span><strong><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS-Bold&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;">bronquite </span></strong><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;">&#8216;bronchitis&#8217;; -</span><strong><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS-Bold&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;">s&#227;o </span></strong><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;">(corresponding to English -</span><em><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS-Italic&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;">sion</span></em><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;">), e.g. </span><strong><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS-Bold&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;">decis&#227;o </span></strong><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;">&#8216;decision&#8217;; and -</span><strong><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS-Bold&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;">tude</span></strong><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;">, e.g. </span><strong><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS-Bold&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;">juventude </span></strong><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;">&#8216;youth&#8217;.</span></p>  <p align="left" style="margin-left:36.0pt;text-align:left; text-indent:0cm;text-autospace: none"><span><span style=" font-family:SimSun;color:#333333;">除此之外，以下面作为词尾的名词都是阴性的</span></span></p>  <p align="left" style="margin-left:36.0pt;text-align:left; text-indent:0cm;text-autospace: none"><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;">&nbsp;</span><span style="font-size:10.0pt; font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;">-</span><strong><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS-Bold&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;">dade</span></strong><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;">,e.g. </span><strong><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family: &quot;TimesNewRomanPS-Bold&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;">lealdade </span></strong><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;">&#8216;loyalty&#8217;;</span><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:SimSun;">忠诚</span></p>  <p align="left" style="margin-left:36.0pt;text-align:left; text-indent:0cm;text-autospace: none"><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;">&nbsp;-</span><strong><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS-Bold&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;">&#231;&#227;o </span></strong><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;">(corresponding to English -</span><em><span style="font-size: 10.0pt;font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS-Italic&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;">tion</span></em><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;">), e.g. </span><strong><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS-Bold&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;">a&#231;&#227;o </span></strong><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family: &quot;TimesNewRomanPS&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;">&#8216;action&#8217;;</span><span style="font-size:10.0pt; font-family:SimSun;">（</span><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:SimSun;">那些对应英语</span><span style="font-size:10.0pt; font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;">-tion</span><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:SimSun;">结尾的）</span></p>  <p align="left" style="margin-left:36.0pt;text-align:left; text-indent:0cm;text-autospace: none"><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;">&nbsp;-</span><strong><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS-Bold&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;">d&#227;o </span></strong><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;">(abstract</span><strong> </strong><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;">nouns), e.g. </span><strong><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS-Bold&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;">solid&#227;o </span></strong><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family: &quot;TimesNewRomanPS&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;">&#8216;loneliness&#8217;;</span><span style="font-size:10.0pt; font-family:SimSun;">抽象名词，例如，孤独</span></p>  <p align="left" style="margin-left:36.0pt;text-align:left; text-indent:0cm;text-autospace: none"><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;">&nbsp;-</span><strong><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS-Bold&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;">gem</span></strong><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;">,e.g. </span><strong><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family: &quot;TimesNewRomanPS-Bold&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;">viagem </span></strong><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;">&#8216;journey&#8217;; </span><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:SimSun;">旅程</span></p>  <p align="left" style="margin-left:36.0pt;text-align:left; text-indent:0cm;text-autospace: none"><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;">&nbsp;-</span><strong><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS-Bold&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;">ise</span></strong><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;">, e.g. </span><strong><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family: &quot;TimesNewRomanPS-Bold&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;">crise </span></strong><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;">&#8216;crisis&#8217;;</span><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:SimSun;">危机</span></p>  <p align="left" style="margin-left:36.0pt;text-align:left; text-indent:0cm;text-autospace: none"><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;">&nbsp;</span><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;">-</span><strong><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS-Bold&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;">ite</span></strong><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;">, e.g. </span><strong><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS-Bold&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;">bronquite </span></strong><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;">&#8216;bronchitis&#8217;;</span><strong> </strong><span style="font-family:SimSun;color:#333333;">支气管炎</span></p>  <p align="left" style="margin-left:36.0pt;text-align:left; text-indent:0cm;text-autospace: none"><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;">&nbsp;-</span><strong><span style="font-size: 10.0pt;font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS-Bold&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;">s&#227;o </span></strong><span style="font-size:10.0pt; font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;">(corresponding to English -</span><em><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS-Italic&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;">sion</span></em><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;">), e.g. </span><strong><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS-Bold&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;">decis&#227;o </span></strong><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;">&#8216;decision&#8217;; </span><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:SimSun;">决定</span></p>  <p align="left" style="margin-left:36.0pt;text-align:left; text-indent:0cm;text-autospace: none"><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;">&nbsp;-</span><strong><span style="font-size: 10.0pt;font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS-Bold&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;">tude</span></strong><span style="font-size:10.0pt; font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;">, e.g. </span><strong><span style="font-size:10.0pt; font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS-Bold&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;">juventude </span></strong><span style="font-size: 10.0pt;font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;">&#8216;youth&#8217;.</span><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family: SimSun;">年轻时代</span></p>  <p align="left" style="margin-left:36.0pt;text-align:left; text-indent:0cm;text-autospace: none"><span style="font-family:&quot;Arial&quot;,&quot;sans-serif&quot;;color:#333333;">&nbsp;</span></p>  <p align="left" style="text-align:left;text-autospace:none"><span style="font-size:8.5pt;font-family: &quot;AkzidenzGroteskBE-Regular&quot;,&quot;sans-serif&quot;;">1 The word </span><strong><span style="font-size: 8.5pt;font-family:&quot;AkzidenzGroteskBE-Md&quot;,&quot;sans-serif&quot;;">autoridade </span></strong><span style="font-size:8.5pt;font-family:&quot;AkzidenzGroteskBE-Regular&quot;,&quot;sans-serif&quot;;">is used as a masculine noun when it means &#8216;a (male) government official&#8217;.</span></p>  <p align="left" style="text-align:left;text-autospace:none"><strong><span style="font-size:8.5pt; font-family:&quot;AkzidenzGroteskBE-Md&quot;,&quot;sans-serif&quot;;">autoridade</span></strong><strong><span style="font-size:8.5pt; font-family:SimSun;">通常被用作阳性名词，当它被意为&#8216;一个男性的政府官员&#8217;</span></strong></p>  <p align="left" style="text-align:left;text-autospace:none"><span style="font-size:8.5pt;font-family: &quot;AkzidenzGroteskBE-Regular&quot;,&quot;sans-serif&quot;;">2 Except the word </span><strong><span style="font-size:8.5pt;font-family:&quot;AkzidenzGroteskBE-Md&quot;,&quot;sans-serif&quot;;">personagem </span></strong><span style="font-size:8.5pt;font-family:&quot;AkzidenzGroteskBE-Regular&quot;,&quot;sans-serif&quot;;">&#8216;character&#8217; (in a book, film, etc.), which can be masculine or feminine.</span></p>  <p align="left" style="text-align:left;text-autospace:none"><strong><span style="font-size:11.0pt;font-family:SimSun;">除了角色（在书或者是电影等），它可以是阳性的也可以是阴性的</span></strong><strong></strong></p>  <p align="left" style="text-align:left;text-autospace:none"><strong>&nbsp;</strong></p></div><address></address><div></div></div></address></div><img src ="http://www.blogjava.net/jjshcc/aggbug/403511.html" width = "1" height = "1" /><br><br><div align=right><a style="text-decoration:none;" href="http://www.blogjava.net/jjshcc/" target="_blank">Eric_jiang</a> 2013-08-30 17:29 <a href="http://www.blogjava.net/jjshcc/archive/2013/08/30/403511.html#Feedback" target="_blank" style="text-decoration:none;">发表评论</a></div>]]></description></item><item><title>从形式上判断是阳性的名词</title><link>http://www.blogjava.net/jjshcc/archive/2013/08/30/403504.html</link><dc:creator>Eric_jiang</dc:creator><author>Eric_jiang</author><pubDate>Fri, 30 Aug 2013 08:11:00 GMT</pubDate><guid>http://www.blogjava.net/jjshcc/archive/2013/08/30/403504.html</guid><wfw:comment>http://www.blogjava.net/jjshcc/comments/403504.html</wfw:comment><comments>http://www.blogjava.net/jjshcc/archive/2013/08/30/403504.html#Feedback</comments><slash:comments>0</slash:comments><wfw:commentRss>http://www.blogjava.net/jjshcc/comments/commentRss/403504.html</wfw:commentRss><trackback:ping>http://www.blogjava.net/jjshcc/services/trackbacks/403504.html</trackback:ping><description><![CDATA[<div><p align="left" style="text-align:left;text-autospace:none"><strong><span style="font-size:11.0pt; font-family:&quot;AkzidenzGroteskBE-Bold&quot;,&quot;sans-serif&quot;;">Nouns that are masculine by form</span></strong></p>  <p align="left" style="text-align:left;text-autospace:none"><strong><span style="font-size:11.0pt;font-family:SimSun;">从形式上判断是阳性的名词</span></strong><strong></strong></p>  <p align="left" style="margin-left:36.0pt;text-align:left; text-indent:-36.0pt;text-autospace:none"><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;"><span>(i)<span style="font:7.0pt &quot;Times New Roman&quot;">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </span></span></span><span style="font-size:10.0pt; font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;">The vast majority of nouns ending in -</span><strong><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS-Bold&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;">o </span></strong><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;">are </span><strong><em><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS-BoldItalic&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;">masculine</span></em></strong><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;">. </span></p>  <p align="left" style="margin-left:36.0pt;text-align:left; text-indent:0cm;text-autospace: none"><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:SimSun;">绝大部分以</span><span style="font-size:10.0pt; font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;">-o</span><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:SimSun;">结尾的名词都是阳性的</span></p>  <p align="left" style="margin-left:36.0pt;text-align:left; text-indent:0cm;text-autospace: none">&nbsp;</p>  <p align="left" style="text-align:left;text-autospace:none"><strong><em><span style="font-size:10.0pt; font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS-BoldItalic&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;">Exceptions</span></em></strong><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;">: nouns ending in -</span><strong><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS-Bold&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;">&#231;&#227;o</span></strong><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;">/-</span><strong><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS-Bold&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;">s&#227;o </span></strong><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;">that correspond to English nouns ending in -</span><em><span style="font-size:10.0pt; font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS-Italic&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;">tion</span></em><span style="font-size:10.0pt; font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;">/-</span><em><span style="font-size:10.0pt; font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS-Italic&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;">sion</span></em><span style="font-size:10.0pt; font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;">; the words </span><strong><span style="font-size: 10.0pt;font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS-Bold&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;">m&#227;o </span></strong><span style="font-size:10.0pt; font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;">&#8216;hand&#8217; and </span><strong><span style="font-size: 10.0pt;font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS-Bold&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;">tribo </span></strong><span style="font-size:10.0pt; font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;">&#8216;tribe&#8217;, and words ending in &#8211;</span><strong><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS-Bold&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;">o</span></strong><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;"> that are abbreviations of longer feminine nouns such as </span><strong><span style="font-size:10.0pt; font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS-Bold&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;">foto </span></strong><span style="font-size:10.0pt; font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;">&#8216;photo&#8217; (from </span><strong><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS-Bold&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;">fotografia</span></strong><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;">) and </span><strong><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS-Bold&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;">moto </span></strong><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;">&#8216;motorcycle&#8217; (from </span><strong><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS-Bold&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;">motocicleta</span></strong><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;">).</span></p>  <p align="left" style="text-align:left;text-autospace:none"><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:SimSun;">例外：以</span><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;">-</span><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS-Bold&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;">&#231;&#227;o</span><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;">/-</span><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS-Bold&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;">s&#227;o</span><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:SimSun;">结尾（对应英语上的词尾</span><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;">-</span><em><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS-Italic&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;">tion</span></em><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;">/-</span><em><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS-Italic&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;">sion</span></em><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:SimSun;">），</span><strong><span style="font-size: 10.0pt;font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS-Bold&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;">&#227;o </span></strong><span style="font-size:10.0pt; font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;">&#8216;hand&#8217;</span><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family: SimSun;">&#8216;手&#8217;</span> <span style="font-size:10.0pt; font-family:SimSun;">和</span> <strong><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS-Bold&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;">tribo </span></strong><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;">&#8216;tribe&#8217;</span><span style="font-size: 10.0pt;font-family:SimSun;">&#8216;部落&#8217;，那些以</span><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;">-o</span><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:SimSun;">结尾的阴性名词的缩写，例如，</span><strong><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS-Bold&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;">foto </span></strong><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;">&#8216;photo&#8217;</span><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:SimSun;">&#8216;图片&#8217;</span><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;"> (</span><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:SimSun;">缩写自</span> <strong><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS-Bold&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;">fotografia</span></strong><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;">)</span></p>  <p align="left" style="text-align:left;text-autospace:none"><strong><span style="font-size:10.0pt; font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS-Bold&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;">moto </span></strong><span style="font-size:10.0pt; font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;">&#8216;motorcycle&#8217;</span><span style="font-size:10.0pt; font-family:SimSun;">&#8216;摩托车&#8217;</span><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;"> (</span><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:SimSun;">缩写自</span><strong><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS-Bold&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;">motocicleta</span></strong><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;">).</span></p>  <p align="left" style="text-align:left;text-autospace:none">&nbsp;</p>  <p align="left" style="text-align:left;text-autospace:none"><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family: &quot;TimesNewRomanPS&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;">(ii) In addition, nouns with the following endings are </span><strong><em><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS-BoldItalic&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;">masculine</span></em></strong><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;">: -</span><strong><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS-Bold&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;">&#227;o </span></strong><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;">(when referring to a male human being or an inanimate object), e.g. </span><strong><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS-Bold&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;">cidad&#227;o </span></strong><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;">&#8216;citizen&#8217;, </span><strong><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS-Bold&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;">cart&#227;o </span></strong><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;">&#8216;card&#8217;;</span></p>  <p align="left" style="text-align:left;text-autospace:none"><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family: &quot;TimesNewRomanPS&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;">-</span><strong><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS-Bold&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;">dor</span></strong><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;">/-</span><strong><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS-Bold&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;">tor</span></strong><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;">, e.g. </span><strong><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS-Bold&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;">cantor </span></strong><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;">&#8216;singer&#8217;, </span><strong><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS-Bold&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;">traidor </span></strong><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;">&#8216;traitor&#8217;; -</span><strong><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS-Bold&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;">ma </span></strong><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;">when the English cognate ends in -</span><em><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family: &quot;TimesNewRomanPS-Italic&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;">m </span></em><span style="font-size:10.0pt; font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;">or -</span><em><span style="font-size:10.0pt; font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS-Italic&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;">ma</span></em><span style="font-size:10.0pt; font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;">, e.g. </span><strong><span style="font-size:10.0pt; font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS-Bold&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;">dilema </span></strong><span style="font-size:10.0pt; font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;">&#8216;dilemma&#8217;, </span><strong><span style="font-size: 10.0pt;font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS-Bold&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;">sistema </span></strong><span style="font-size: 10.0pt;font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;">&#8216;system&#8217;.</span></p>  <p align="left" style="text-align:left;text-autospace:none"><span style="font-family:SimSun;color:#333333;">除此之外，以下面作为词尾的名词都是阳性的</span></p>  <p align="left" style="text-align:left;text-autospace:none"><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:SimSun;">以</span><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;">-</span><strong><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS-Bold&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;">&#227;o</span></strong><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:SimSun;">结尾的名词（当涉及到的是雄性的人类或者是生命的事物时候）。</span><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:SimSun;">例如</span><span style="font-size:10.0pt; font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;">. </span><strong><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS-Bold&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;">cidad&#227;o </span></strong><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;">&#8216;citizen&#8217;</span><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:SimSun;">&#8216;公民&#8217;</span><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;">, </span><strong><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS-Bold&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;">cart&#227;o </span></strong><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family: &quot;TimesNewRomanPS&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;">&#8216;card&#8217;</span><span style="font-size:10.0pt; font-family:SimSun;">&#8216;卡片&#8217;，</span></p>  <p align="left" style="text-align:left;text-autospace:none"><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:SimSun;">以</span><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;">-</span><strong><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS-Bold&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;">dor</span></strong><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;">/-</span><strong><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS-Bold&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;">tor</span></strong><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:SimSun;">结尾的</span><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:SimSun;">，</span><span style="font-size:10.0pt; font-family:SimSun;">例如</span><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:SimSun;">，</span><strong><span style="font-size:10.0pt; font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS-Bold&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;">cantor </span></strong><span style="font-size:10.0pt; font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;">&#8216;singer&#8217;</span><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family: SimSun;">，&#8216;歌手&#8217;</span><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;">, </span><strong><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS-Bold&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;">traidor &nbsp;</span></strong><span style="font-size: 10.0pt;font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;">&#8216;traitor&#8217;</span><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family: SimSun;">，&#8216;叛徒&#8217;</span><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;">; </span></p>  <p align="left" style="text-align:left;text-autospace:none"><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:SimSun;">以</span><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;">-</span><strong><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS-Bold&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;">ma</span></strong><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:SimSun;">结尾的</span><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:SimSun;">，英语词源上以</span><span style="font-size: 10.0pt;font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;">-</span><em><span style="font-size:10.0pt; font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS-Italic&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;">m </span></em><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family: SimSun;">或者</span><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;"> -</span><em><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS-Italic&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;">ma</span></em><em><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:SimSun;">结尾的，例如</span></em> <strong><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family: &quot;TimesNewRomanPS-Bold&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;">dilema </span></strong><span style="font-size:10.0pt; font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;">&#8216;dilemma&#8217;</span><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family: SimSun;">，&#8216;</span><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:SimSun;">困境</span><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family: SimSun;">&#8217;</span><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;">, </span><strong><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS-Bold&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;">sistema </span></strong><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;">&#8216;system&#8217;</span><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:SimSun;">，&#8216;</span><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:SimSun;">系统</span><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family: SimSun;">&#8217;</span><span style="font-size:10.0pt;font-family:&quot;TimesNewRomanPS&quot;,&quot;serif&quot;;">.</span></p></div><img src ="http://www.blogjava.net/jjshcc/aggbug/403504.html" width = "1" height = "1" /><br><br><div align=right><a style="text-decoration:none;" href="http://www.blogjava.net/jjshcc/" target="_blank">Eric_jiang</a> 2013-08-30 16:11 <a href="http://www.blogjava.net/jjshcc/archive/2013/08/30/403504.html#Feedback" target="_blank" style="text-decoration:none;">发表评论</a></div>]]></description></item><item><title>如何理解葡萄牙语法上的性？</title><link>http://www.blogjava.net/jjshcc/archive/2013/08/30/403502.html</link><dc:creator>Eric_jiang</dc:creator><author>Eric_jiang</author><pubDate>Fri, 30 Aug 2013 07:38:00 GMT</pubDate><guid>http://www.blogjava.net/jjshcc/archive/2013/08/30/403502.html</guid><wfw:comment>http://www.blogjava.net/jjshcc/comments/403502.html</wfw:comment><comments>http://www.blogjava.net/jjshcc/archive/2013/08/30/403502.html#Feedback</comments><slash:comments>0</slash:comments><wfw:commentRss>http://www.blogjava.net/jjshcc/comments/commentRss/403502.html</wfw:commentRss><trackback:ping>http://www.blogjava.net/jjshcc/services/trackbacks/403502.html</trackback:ping><description><![CDATA[<div>
<div>
<div>
<p align="left" style="text-align:left;text-autospace:none"><strong><span style="font-size:13.0pt; font-family:&quot;AkzidenzGroteskBE-Bold&quot;,&quot;sans-serif&quot;;"></span></strong></p>
<div>
<div>
<div>
<div><span></span></div>
<div>
<address>What is grammatical gender?</address>
<address>如何理解葡萄牙语法上的性？</address>
<address>&nbsp;</address>
<address>Every Portuguese noun falls into one of &nbsp;two grammatical categories, called masculine and feminine. The categories are so called because nearly all nouns denoting male beings are masculine, and nearly all nouns denoting female beings are feminine. But all other nouns &#8211; those denoting inanimate objects, abstract concepts, etc. &#8211; also belong to one of these categories, so, for example, carro &#8216;car&#8217;, calor &#8216;heat&#8217; and restante &#8216;remainder&#8217; are all masculine, while mesa &#8216;table&#8217;, idade &#8216;age&#8217; and decis&#227;o &#8216;decision&#8217; are all feminine.</address>
<address>&nbsp;</address>
<address>任何一个葡萄牙语名词都被归类于语法上的两个类别的其中一个，他们是阳性和阴性。之所以被这样分类，是因为所有指示为雄性的名词都被都是阳性的，而所有指示为雌性的名词都是阴性的。但是其他的名词，那些指示为无生命的物体，例如抽象概念等，都被划分阳性和阴性的分类。例如，carro &#8216;car&#8217;&#8216;卡车&#8217; calor &#8216;heat&#8217;&#8216;热&#8217;和restante &#8216;remainder&#8217;&#8216;提示&#8217;都是阳性的，而mesa &#8216;table&#8217;&#8216;表格&#8217;, idade &#8216;age&#8217; &#8216;年龄&#8217;and decis&#227;o &#8216;decision&#8217; &#8216;决定&#8217; 都是阴性的。</address>
<address>&nbsp;</address>
<address>Except in the case of nouns denoting living beings, there are no semantic clues to the gender of a particular noun. You simply have to memorize the gender of each new noun you learn, but this task is made considerably easier by the fact that certain endings are indicative of a particular gender &nbsp;</address>
<address>&nbsp;</address>
<address>除非这个名词表明一种生物，否则我们基本上没有语义上的线索去判断这个名词的性。你必须去记忆每一个你新学的名词的性，但是也这个相当简单的，因为你可以去通过这个名词的结尾去判断。</address>
<address>&nbsp;</address>
<address>Grammatical gender is crucial in Portuguese because articles, adjectives, possessives,demonstratives and pronouns have to agree in gender with the noun they are accompanying or replacing, which in most cases means their form or ending changes according to whether the noun is masculine or feminine.</address>
<address>&nbsp;</address>
<address>语法上的性别在葡萄牙语里面是相当重要的概念，因为冠词，所有格，指示代词和代词必须和这个名词在性上取得一致，词尾作出相对应的修改。</address>
<address>&nbsp;</address>
</div>
<div><span></span></div>
<div></div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
<p align="left" style="text-align:left;text-autospace:none"><strong></strong></p>
</div>
</div>
<div></div>
</div>
<img src ="http://www.blogjava.net/jjshcc/aggbug/403502.html" width = "1" height = "1" /><br><br><div align=right><a style="text-decoration:none;" href="http://www.blogjava.net/jjshcc/" target="_blank">Eric_jiang</a> 2013-08-30 15:38 <a href="http://www.blogjava.net/jjshcc/archive/2013/08/30/403502.html#Feedback" target="_blank" style="text-decoration:none;">发表评论</a></div>]]></description></item><item><title>葡语十日入门-第10课</title><link>http://www.blogjava.net/jjshcc/archive/2013/08/29/403459.html</link><dc:creator>Eric_jiang</dc:creator><author>Eric_jiang</author><pubDate>Thu, 29 Aug 2013 10:10:00 GMT</pubDate><guid>http://www.blogjava.net/jjshcc/archive/2013/08/29/403459.html</guid><wfw:comment>http://www.blogjava.net/jjshcc/comments/403459.html</wfw:comment><comments>http://www.blogjava.net/jjshcc/archive/2013/08/29/403459.html#Feedback</comments><slash:comments>0</slash:comments><wfw:commentRss>http://www.blogjava.net/jjshcc/comments/commentRss/403459.html</wfw:commentRss><trackback:ping>http://www.blogjava.net/jjshcc/services/trackbacks/403459.html</trackback:ping><description><![CDATA[&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; 摘要: 第10课10.1 介词para和por的区别10.2 使役动词deixar/fazer10.3 动词的过去将来时10.4 有礼貌的请求10.5 动词的虚拟式现在时10.6 不规则动词的虚拟式现在时变位10.7 动词的命令式10.8 形容词的另一种比较级和最高级10.9 副词的另一种比较级和最高级10.10 将来时变位的一种特殊写法10.11 数词在巴葡和葡葡中的不同拼法10.12 真正的葡语10....&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href='http://www.blogjava.net/jjshcc/archive/2013/08/29/403459.html'>阅读全文</a><img src ="http://www.blogjava.net/jjshcc/aggbug/403459.html" width = "1" height = "1" /><br><br><div align=right><a style="text-decoration:none;" href="http://www.blogjava.net/jjshcc/" target="_blank">Eric_jiang</a> 2013-08-29 18:10 <a href="http://www.blogjava.net/jjshcc/archive/2013/08/29/403459.html#Feedback" target="_blank" style="text-decoration:none;">发表评论</a></div>]]></description></item><item><title>葡语十日入门-第9课</title><link>http://www.blogjava.net/jjshcc/archive/2013/08/29/403458.html</link><dc:creator>Eric_jiang</dc:creator><author>Eric_jiang</author><pubDate>Thu, 29 Aug 2013 10:07:00 GMT</pubDate><guid>http://www.blogjava.net/jjshcc/archive/2013/08/29/403458.html</guid><wfw:comment>http://www.blogjava.net/jjshcc/comments/403458.html</wfw:comment><comments>http://www.blogjava.net/jjshcc/archive/2013/08/29/403458.html#Feedback</comments><slash:comments>0</slash:comments><wfw:commentRss>http://www.blogjava.net/jjshcc/comments/commentRss/403458.html</wfw:commentRss><trackback:ping>http://www.blogjava.net/jjshcc/services/trackbacks/403458.html</trackback:ping><description><![CDATA[<div><span style="font-family: 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; "><div style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; "><table style="border-collapse: collapse; margin-top: auto; margin-right: auto; margin-bottom: auto; margin-left: auto; "><tbody><tr><td style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; border-top-width: 1px; border-right-width: 1px; border-bottom-width: 1px; border-left-width: 1px; border-top-style: solid; border-right-style: solid; border-bottom-style: solid; border-left-style: solid; border-top-color: gray; border-right-color: gray; border-bottom-color: gray; border-left-color: gray; padding-top: 3px; padding-right: 3px; padding-bottom: 3px; padding-left: 3px; "><center>第9课</center><br />9.1 副词t&#227;o<br />9.2 单词tanto<br />9.3 形容词的比较级和最高级<br />9.4 比较两个对象<br />9.5 不规则的比较级和最高级<br />9.6 副词的比较级和最高级<br />9.7 尽可能<br />9.8 四个副词性词组<br />9.9 连词por&#233;m/enquanto/embora<br />9.10 改变动词变位中的字母<br />9.11 本课词汇表<br /></td></tr></tbody></table></div><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; color: red; ">9.1 副词t&#227;o</p><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">t&#227;o的意思是＂这样＂，用来修饰形容词和副词。例如：</p><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">O trabalho &#233; t&#227;o f&#225;cil.［这项工作是这样容易。］</li><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">O trabalho est&#225; feito t&#227;o facilmente.［这项工作就这样容易地做完了。］</li><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">t&#227;o通常出现在下列两个词组中：</p><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">&#9312; t&#227;o ＋ 形容词或副词 ＋ como（像..一样）</p><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">O Pedro &#233; t&#227;o jovem como o Paulo.［佩德罗像保罗一样年轻。］</li><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">O Pedro anda t&#227;o depressa como o Paulo.［佩德罗走路像保罗一样快。］</li><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">&#9313; t&#227;o ＋ 形容词或副词 ＋ que（这样..以至于）</p><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">Ele &#233; t&#227;o velho que eu n&#227;o o posso reconhecer.［他是这样老，以至于我不能认出他了。］</li><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">Ele saiu t&#227;o cedo que eu n&#227;o o vi.［他走得这样早，以至于我没有看到他。］</li><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; color: red; ">9.2 单词tanto</p><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">tanto既是形容词，意思是＂这样多的＂，又是副词，意思是＂这样多地＂。</p><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">形容词：Ele sofreu tantas dores.［他忍受了这样多的痛苦。］</li><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">副词：Ele falou tanto na tribuna.［他在讲坛上说了这样多的话。］</li><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">tanto与que构成下列句型，意思是＂这样多..以至于＂，此时tanto是形容词。<br />tanto ＋ 名词 ＋ que</p><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">Ele tem tantas fotos que ele tem de comprar alguns &#225;lbuns novos.［他有这样多的相片，以至于他必须再买几本新相册。］</li><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">将tanto与que之间的名词省略，也是一个句型，意思是＂..这样多以至于＂，此时tanto是副词。<br />tanto ＋ que</p><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">O beb&#234; chora tanto que n&#243;s n&#227;o podemos dormir.［这个婴儿哭得这样厉害，以至于我们无法入睡。］</li><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; color: red; ">9.3 形容词的比较级和最高级</p><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">在比较身高时，我们可以说：张三高，李四更高，王五最高，这是程度渐强的原级、比较级和最高级。我们也可以说：王五高，李四不如王五高，张三不如李四高，这是程度渐弱的原级、比较级和最高级。下面是葡语形容词的比较级和最高级的构成方法。</p><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">&#9312; 程度渐强：在形容词前面加上mais成为比较级，加上o mais成为最高级。例如：<br />alto（高的）-- mais alto（更高的）-- o mais alto（最高的）<br />baixo（矮的）-- mais baixo（更矮的）-- o mais baixo（最矮的）</p><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">O Jo&#227;o &#233; alto.［若昂高。］</li><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">O Paulo &#233; mais alto.［保罗更高。］</li><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">O Pedro &#233; o mais alto.［佩德罗最高。］</li><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">&#9313; 程度渐弱：在形容词前面加上menos成为比较级，加上o menos成为最高级。例如：<br />alto（高的）-- menos alto（不如..高的）-- o menos alto（最不高的/最矮的）<br />baixo（矮的）-- menos baixo（不如..矮的）-- o menos baixo（最不矮的/最高的）</p><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">O Pedro &#233; alto.［佩德罗高。］</li><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">O Paulo &#233; menos alto.［保罗较矮。］</li><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">O Jo&#227;o &#233; o menos alto.［若昂最矮。］</li><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">在使用最高级时，通常用介词de引导一个词组，来限定最高级的范围。例如：</p><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">O Pedro &#233; o mais alto de todos os alunos.［佩德罗是所有学生中最高的。］</li><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; color: red; ">9.4 比较两个对象</p><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">在葡语中，比较两个对象时，使用下列句型：<br />形容词的比较级 ＋ que（或do que）</p><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">O Paulo &#233; mais alto (do) que o Jo&#227;o.［保罗比若昂高。］</li><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">O Jo&#227;o &#233; menos alto (do) que o Paulo.［若昂不如保罗高。］</li><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">比较两个对象的同一种事物（例如铅笔）时，第二个对象的事物应当省略。例如：</p><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">O meu l&#225;pis &#233; mais longo (do) que o teu.［我的铅笔比你的长。］</li><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; color: red; ">9.5 不规则的比较级和最高级</p><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">在葡语中，有六个形容词的比较级和最高级是不规则的，它们是：<br />bom（好的）-- melhor（更好的）-- o melhor（最好的）<br />mau（坏的） -- pior（更坏的）-- o pior（最坏的）<br />grande（大的）-- maior（更大的）-- o maior（最大的）<br />pequeno（小的）-- menor（更小的）-- o menor（最小的）<br />muito（多的）-- mais（更多的）-- o mais（最多的）<br />pouco（少的）-- menos（更少的）-- o menos（最少的）</p><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">A sua sa&#250;de &#233; melhor do que a minha.［你比我更健康。］</li><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; color: red; ">9.6 副词的比较级和最高级</p><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">副词的比较级和最高级的构成与形容词完全相同。</p><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">&#9312; 程度渐强：在副词前面加上mais成为比较级，加上o mais成为最高级。例如：<br />longe（远）-- mais longe（更远）-- o mais longe（最远）<br />perto（近）-- mais perto（更近）-- o mais perto（最近）</p><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">A minha casa fica mais longe do que a sua.［我家比你家远。］</li><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">A sua casa fica mais perto do que a minha.［你家比我家近。］</li><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">&#9313; 程度渐弱：在副词前面加上menos成为比较级，加上o menos成为最高级。例如：<br />longe（远）-- menos longe（不如..远/更近）-- o menos longe（最不远/最近）<br />perto（近）-- menos perto（不如..近/更远）-- o menos perto（最不近/最远）</p><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">A minha casa fica menos longe do que a sua.［我家不如你家远。］</li><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">A sua casa fica menos perto do que a minha.［你家不如我家近。］</li><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">在葡语中，有四个副词的比较级和最高级是不规则的，它们是：<br />bem（好）-- melhor（更好）-- otimamente（最好）<br />mal（坏）-- pior（更坏）-- pessimamente（最坏）<br />muito（多）-- mais（更多）-- o mais（最多）<br />pouco（少）-- menos（更少）-- o menos（最少）</p><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">Ele nada melhor do que eu.［他游泳游得比我好。］</li><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; color: red; ">9.7 尽可能</p><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">下列词组表示＂尽可能＂：<br />o mais ＋ 形容词 ＋ poss&#237;vel（形容词有性、数变化）<br />o mais ＋ 副词 ＋ poss&#237;vel</p><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">Eu preciso de dados o mais exatos poss&#237;vel.［我需要尽可能准确的数据。］</li><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">Eu vou traduzir o mais exatamente poss&#237;vel o que voc&#234; diz.［我将尽可能准确地翻译您说的话。］</li><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">precisar de是一个词组，意思是＂需要＂。</p><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; color: red; ">9.8 四个副词性词组</p><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">&#9312; cerca de（大约）</p><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">Ele pesa cerca de 50 quilos.［他体重约为50公斤。］</li><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">&#9313; pelo menos（至少）</p><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">Ele tem pelo menos 60 anos.［他至少60岁了。］</li><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">ter..anos是一个表示年龄的词组，意思是＂..岁＂。</p><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">&#9314; um pouco（少许）</p><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">Ele parece um pouco nervoso.［他好象有点紧张。］</li><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">&#9315; cada vez mais（越来越）</p><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">Ele est&#225; ficando cada vez mais gordo.［他变得越来越胖。］</li><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; color: red; ">9.9 连词por&#233;m/enquanto/embora</p><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">&#9312; por&#233;m是mas（但是）的同义词，两者的区别是：mas总是位于从句的前面，而por&#233;m通常位于从句的中间。例如：</p><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">Muitos soldados morreram, mas ele ainda vivia.［许多士兵死了，但他还活着。］</li><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">Muitos soldados morreram, ele, por&#233;m, ainda vivia.［许多士兵死了，但他还活着。］</li><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">&#9313; enquanto是quando（在..时候）的同义词，两者用法相同。例如：</p><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">Enquanto n&#243;s dorm&#237;amos, ele velava.［我们睡觉的时候，他在守夜。］</li><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">&#9314; embora的意思是＂虽然＂。例如：</p><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">Embora seja tarde, n&#243;s decidimos ir.［虽然已经晚了，我们还是决定去。］</li><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">seja是ser的虚拟式现在时变位。embora后面的动词通常使用虚拟式现在时（或虚拟式过去未完成时）变位。</p><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">ir embora是一个词组，意思是＂离开＂。例如：</p><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">Eu tenho de ir embora, porque eles s&#227;o hostis para mim.［我必须离开，因为他们对我怀有敌意。］</li><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; color: red; ">9.10 改变动词变位中的字母</p><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">&#9312; 动词的倒数第三个字母如果是c/g，那么在使用动词的现在时eu变位时，需要将c/g变成&#231;/j。请看两个例子：</p><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">将c变成&#231;：conhecer -- conhe&#231;o</p><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">Eu conhe&#231;o-o, mas ele n&#227;o me conhece.［我认识他，但他不认识我。］</li><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">将g变成j：dirigir -- dirijo</p><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">Eu dirijo o carro do Pedro.［我开着佩德罗的汽车。］</li><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">&#9313; 动词的最后三个字母如果是car/&#231;ar/gar，那么在使用动词的过去完成时eu变位时，需要将c/&#231;/g变成qu/c/gu。请看三个例子：</p><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">将c变成qu：piscar -- pisquei</p><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">Eu pisquei para ela, mas ela n&#227;o viu.［我向她眨眼，但她没有看到。］</li><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">将&#231;变成c：come&#231;ar -- comecei</p><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">Eu comecei a escrever uma carta ao meu filho.［我开始写一封给我儿子的信。］</li><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">将g变成gu：pagar -- paguei</p><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">Eu j&#225; paguei a conta do meu telefone.［我已经付清我的电话账单。］</li><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; color: red; ">9.11 本课词汇表</p><div style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; "><table style="border-collapse: collapse; margin-top: auto; margin-right: auto; margin-bottom: auto; margin-left: auto; "><tbody><tr><td style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; border-top-width: 1px; border-right-width: 1px; border-bottom-width: 1px; border-left-width: 1px; border-top-style: solid; border-right-style: solid; border-bottom-style: solid; border-left-style: solid; border-top-color: gray; border-right-color: gray; border-bottom-color: gray; border-left-color: gray; padding-top: 3px; padding-right: 3px; padding-bottom: 3px; padding-left: 3px; vertical-align: top; width: 273px; ">&#225;lbum ['aubun] (m) 相册<br />alto ['autu] (a) 高的<br />ano ['anu] (n) 岁<br />baixo [b'aiʃu] (a) 矮的<br />beb&#234; [beb'e] (m|f) 婴儿<br />casa [k'aza] (f) 家<br />cerca de [s'erka dʒi] (loc) 大约<br />como [k'omu] (prep) 像..一样<br />conta [k'onta] (f) 帐单<br />dado [d'adu] (m) 数据<br />decidir [desidʒ'ir] (vi|vp|vt) 决定<br />dirigir [dʒiriʒ'ir] (vt) 驾驶<br />dor [dor] (f) 疼痛<br />embora [enb'ora] (c) 虽然<br />enquanto [enkw'antu] (c) 在..时候<br />exato [ez'atu] (a) 准确的<br />filho [f'ilju] (m) 儿子<br />foto [f'otu] (f) 照片<br />gordo [g'ordu] (a) 肥胖的<br />hostil [ostʃ'iu] (a) 怀有敌意的<br />jovem [ʒ'oven] (a) 年轻的<br />longe [l'onʒi] (ad) 远<br />longo [l'ongu] (a) 长的<br />maior [maj'or] (a) 更大的<br />mais [mais] (a) 更多的 (ad) 更多<br />melhor [melj'or] (a) 更好的 (ad) 更好<br />menor [men'or] (a) 更小的<br />menos [m'enus] (a) 更少的 (ad) 更少<br /></td><td style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; border-top-width: 1px; border-right-width: 1px; border-bottom-width: 1px; border-left-width: 1px; border-top-style: solid; border-right-style: solid; border-bottom-style: solid; border-left-style: solid; border-top-color: gray; border-right-color: gray; border-bottom-color: gray; border-left-color: gray; padding-top: 3px; padding-right: 3px; padding-bottom: 3px; padding-left: 3px; vertical-align: top; width: 273px; ">muito [m'uitu] (a) 多的<br />nadar [nad'ar] (vi|vt) 游泳<br />nervoso [nerv'ozu] (a) 紧张的<br />novo [n'ovu] (a) 新的<br />otimamente [otʃimam'entʃi] (ad) 最好<br />pagar [pag'ar] (vi|vt) 支付<br />parecer [pares'er] (vi) 好象<br />perto [p'ertu] (ad) 近<br />pesar [pez'ar] (vp|vt) 称重量<br />pessimamente [pesimam'entʃi] (ad) 最坏<br />pior [pi'or] (a) 更坏的 (ad) 更坏<br />piscar [pisk'ar] (vt) 眨眼<br />por&#233;m [por'en] (c) 但是<br />poss&#237;vel [pos'iveu] (a) 可能的<br />pouco [p'ouku] (ad) 少<br />precisar [presiz'ar] (vi|vt) 需要<br />quilo [k'ilu] (m) 公斤<br />reconhecer [rekonjes'er] (vt) 认出<br />sa&#250;de [sa'udʒi] (f) 健康<br />sofrer [sofr'er] (vt) 忍受<br />soldado [soud'adu] (m) 士兵<br />tanto [t'antu] (a) 这样多的 (ad) 这样多地<br />t&#227;o [t'aŋ] (ad) 这样<br />telefone [telef'oni] (m) 电话<br />traduzir [traduz'ir] (vt) 翻译<br />tribuna [trib'una] (f) 论坛<br />velar [vel'ar] (vi|vp) 守夜<br />velho [v'elju] (a) 年老的<br /></td></tr></tbody></table></div><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; text-align: center; ">&nbsp;</p></span></div><img src ="http://www.blogjava.net/jjshcc/aggbug/403458.html" width = "1" height = "1" /><br><br><div align=right><a style="text-decoration:none;" href="http://www.blogjava.net/jjshcc/" target="_blank">Eric_jiang</a> 2013-08-29 18:07 <a href="http://www.blogjava.net/jjshcc/archive/2013/08/29/403458.html#Feedback" target="_blank" style="text-decoration:none;">发表评论</a></div>]]></description></item><item><title>葡语十日入门-第8课</title><link>http://www.blogjava.net/jjshcc/archive/2013/08/29/403457.html</link><dc:creator>Eric_jiang</dc:creator><author>Eric_jiang</author><pubDate>Thu, 29 Aug 2013 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate><guid>http://www.blogjava.net/jjshcc/archive/2013/08/29/403457.html</guid><wfw:comment>http://www.blogjava.net/jjshcc/comments/403457.html</wfw:comment><comments>http://www.blogjava.net/jjshcc/archive/2013/08/29/403457.html#Feedback</comments><slash:comments>0</slash:comments><wfw:commentRss>http://www.blogjava.net/jjshcc/comments/commentRss/403457.html</wfw:commentRss><trackback:ping>http://www.blogjava.net/jjshcc/services/trackbacks/403457.html</trackback:ping><description><![CDATA[<div><span style="font-family: 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; "><div style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; "><table style="border-collapse: collapse; margin-top: auto; margin-right: auto; margin-bottom: auto; margin-left: auto; "><tbody><tr><td style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; border-top-width: 1px; border-right-width: 1px; border-bottom-width: 1px; border-left-width: 1px; border-top-style: solid; border-right-style: solid; border-bottom-style: solid; border-left-style: solid; border-top-color: gray; border-right-color: gray; border-bottom-color: gray; border-left-color: gray; padding-top: 3px; padding-right: 3px; padding-bottom: 3px; padding-left: 3px; "><center>第8课</center><br />8.1 宾语从句和定语从句<br />8.2 单词porque/porqu&#234;<br />8.3 分数、小数、倍数和百分数<br />8.4 用疑问词引导宾语从句<br />8.5 连词se<br />8.6 两种宾格人称代词的缩合<br />8.7 代词cada<br />8.8 有人称不定式<br />8.9 先过去时<br />8.10 不规则动词的先过去时变位<br />8.11 本课词汇表<br /></td></tr></tbody></table></div><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; color: red; ">8.1 宾语从句和定语从句</p><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">代词que用来引导宾语从句和定语从句。请看两个例句。</p><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">Eu sei { que voc&#234; quer comprar um computador port&#225;til. }［我知道你想买一台笔记本电脑。］</li><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">大括号里面是宾语从句，是动词sei（知道）的宾语。</p><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">Esse &#233; o computador port&#225;til { que eu quero comprar. }［那就是我想买的笔记本电脑。］</li><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">大括号里面是定语从句，用来修饰词组o computador port&#225;til（笔记本电脑）。</p><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">有些时候，que不仅引导定语从句，而且担任定语从句的主语。请看一个例句。</p><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">A menina { que est&#225; dan&#231;ando } &#233; a minha irm&#227;.［正在跳舞的那个女孩是我妹妹。］</li><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; color: red; ">8.2 单词porque/porqu&#234;</p><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">porque既是副词，意思是＂为什么＂，又是连词，意思是＂因为＂。请看两个例句：</p><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">副词：Porque ele n&#227;o vem?［他为什么没来？］</li><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">连词：Ele n&#227;o pode vir, porque ele est&#225; doente.［他不能来，因为他病了。］</li><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">如果将原因放在结果的前面，那么应当将porque变成como（连词/因为）。例如：</p><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">Como ele est&#225; doente, ele n&#227;o pode vir.［因为他病了，所以他不能来。］</li><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">副词porque如果单独使用，或者位于句子的最后面，应当写成porqu&#234;。例如：</p><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">Porqu&#234;?［为什么？］</li><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">Ele n&#227;o vem, porqu&#234;?［他没来，为什么？］</li><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">副词porque和porqu&#234;是葡葡写法，巴葡写法是por que和por qu&#234;。</p><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; color: red; ">8.3 分数、小数、倍数和百分数</p><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">&#9312; 分母小于或等于10的分数的读法是：基数词 ＋ 序数词<br />um quinto（五分之一。quinto是单数形式）<br />dois quintos（五分之二。quinto是复数形式）</p><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">分母大于10的分数的读法是：基数词 ＋ 基数词 ＋ avos<br />um trinta avos（三十分之一）<br />dois trinta avos（三十分之二）</p><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">有三个分数的读法是特殊的：<br />meio（二分之一）<br />um ter&#231;o（三分之一）<br />dois ter&#231;os（三分之二）</p><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">&#9313; 葡语用半角逗号（,）作为小数点，而汉语和英语用半角句号（.）作为小数点。半角逗号读作v&#237;rgula。<br />tr&#234;s v&#237;rgula um quatro（3,14）</p><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">&#9314; 倍数的读法是：基数词 ＋ vez(es)<br />uma vez（一倍）<br />duas vezes（两倍）</p><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">&#9315; 百分数的读法是：基数词 ＋ por cento<br />vinte e cinco por cento（25%）</p><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; color: red; ">8.4 用疑问词引导宾语从句</p><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">第4课介绍过一组疑问词，例如que/come等。这些疑问词可以放在谓语动词的后面，用来引导宾语从句。请看一组例句。</p><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">Eu n&#227;o sei o que ele est&#225; lendo.［我不知道他在读什么。］</li><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">Eu n&#227;o sei quem ele espera.［我不知道他在等谁。］</li><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">Eu n&#227;o sei qual &#233; o seu livro.［我不知道哪本是他的书。］</li><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">Eu n&#227;o sei quanto dinheiro ele tem.［我不知道他有多少钱。］</li><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">Eu n&#227;o sei como ele vai &#224; escola.［我不知道他怎样去学校。］</li><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">Eu n&#227;o sei onde ele est&#225;.［我不知道他在哪里。］</li><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">Eu n&#227;o sei quando ele vai para a cama.［我不知道他什么时候上床睡觉。］</li><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">Eu n&#227;o sei porque ele chora.［我不知道他为什么哭。］</li><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; color: red; ">8.5 连词se</p><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">se有两个意思。第一个意思是＂如果＂，用来引导状语从句。例如：</p><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">Se ele &#233; brasileiro, eu posso falar portugu&#234;s com ele.［如果他是巴西人，我可以跟他讲葡语。］</li><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">第二个意思是＂是否＂，用来引导宾语从句。例如：</p><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">Eu n&#227;o sei se ele &#233; brasileiro.［我不知道他是否是巴西人。］</li><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; color: red; ">8.6 两种宾格人称代词的缩合</p><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">有些时候，句子中会一前一后同时出现间接宾格人称代词（me/te/lhe/nos/vos/lhes）和直接宾格人称代词（o/a/os/as），此时两者必须缩合。请看一个例子。</p><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">Eu dou-lhe o livro.［我把这本书给了他。］</li><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">Eu dou-lhe o.［用o代替o livro］</li><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">Eu dou-lho.［我把它给了他。］</li><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">下面是完整的缩合规则。</p><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">me ＋ o ＝ mo<br />me ＋ a ＝ ma<br />me ＋ os ＝ mos<br />me ＋ as ＝ mas</p><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">te ＋ o ＝ to<br />te ＋ a ＝ ta<br />te ＋ os ＝ tos<br />te ＋ as ＝ tas</p><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">lhe ＋ o ＝ lho<br />lhe ＋ a ＝ lha<br />lhe ＋ os ＝ lhos<br />lhe ＋ as ＝ lhas</p><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">nos ＋ o ＝ no-lo<br />nos ＋ a ＝ no-la<br />nos ＋ os ＝ no-los<br />nos ＋ as ＝ no-las</p><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">vos ＋ o ＝ vo-lo<br />vos ＋ a ＝ vo-la<br />vos ＋ os ＝ vo-los<br />vos ＋ as ＝ vo-las</p><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">lhes ＋ o ＝ lho<br />lhes ＋ a ＝ lha<br />lhes ＋ os ＝ lhos<br />lhes ＋ as ＝ lhas</p><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">请再看一个例子。</p><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">Ele d&#225;-nos a revista.［他把这本杂志给了我们。］</li><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">Ele d&#225;-nos a.［用a代替a revista］</li><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">Ele d&#225;-no-la.［他把它给了我们。］</li><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; color: red; ">8.7 代词cada</p><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">代词cada的意思是＂每个＂，没有性和数。例如：</p><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">Cada dia, n&#243;s fazemos exerc&#237;cios de gin&#225;stica.［我们每天做体操。］</li><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">Cada pessoa deve escolh&#234;-lo.［每个人都应当选择它。］</li><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">在口语中，经常用cada um代替cada pessoa（每个人）。例如：</p><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">Cada um deve escolh&#234;-lo.［每个人都应当选择它。］</li><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; color: red; ">8.8 有人称不定式</p><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">所谓不定式就是动词原形，例如ouvir（听）。在各种西方语言中，不定式没有人称和变位，唯独在葡语中，不定式既有人称，又有变位，这是葡语在语言学上最独特的地方。请看一个例子。</p><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">Ele compra um r&#225;dio para que n&#243;s ou&#231;amos m&#250;sica.［他买了一台收音机让我们听音乐。］</li><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">para que是一个词组，意思是＂为了＂。ou&#231;amos是ouvir的虚拟式现在时变位。</p><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">如果我们去掉que n&#243;s，同时将ou&#231;amos变成不定式ouvir，那么例句的意思变成：</p><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">Ele compra um r&#225;dio para ouvir m&#250;sica.［他买了一台收音机让自己听音乐。］</li><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">此时我们可以将不定式ouvir变成ouvirmos，于是例句的意思又变成：</p><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">Ele compra um r&#225;dio para ouvirmos m&#250;sica.［他买了一台收音机让我们听音乐。］</li><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">这里的ouvirmos就是有人称不定式。葡语的六个有人称不定式的构成方法是（以ouvir为例）：<br />ouvir（我听）<br />ouvires（你听）<br />ouvir（你、他、她、它听）<br />ouvirmos（我们听）<br />ouvirdes（你们听）<br />ouvirem（你们、他们、她们、它们听）</p><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">比较第一、第三个例句，我们可以看出，有人称不定式能够简化句子的结构。</p><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; color: red; ">8.9 先过去时</p><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">先过去时表示一个过去动作在另一个过去动作之前发生，例如当他的朋友们到来时，他已经写完信了。先过去时有两种表达方法，一种不使用过去分词，称为简单先过去时；一种使用过去分词，称为复合先过去时。</p><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">&#9312; 简单先过去时</p><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; "></p><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">第一变位动词：去掉词尾ar，分别加上ara/aras/ara/&#225;ramos/&#225;reis/aram。以动词cantar为例：<br />cantara -- cantaras -- cantara -- cant&#225;ramos -- cant&#225;reis -- cantaram</p><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">第二变位动词：去掉词尾er，分别加上era/eras/era/&#234;ramos/&#234;reis/eram。以动词comer为例：<br />comera -- comeras -- comera -- com&#234;ramos -- com&#234;reis -- comeram</p><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">第三变位动词：去掉词尾ir，分别加上ira/iras/ira/&#237;ramos/&#237;reis/iram。以动词partir为例：<br />partira -- partiras -- partira -- part&#237;ramos -- part&#237;reis -- partiram</p><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">Ele j&#225; escrevera a carta, quando os seus amigos chegaram.［当他的朋友们到来时，他已经写完信了。］</li><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">escrevera是escrever的先过去时变位，chegaram是chegar的过去完成时变位（chegaram也是先过去时变位）。</p><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">&#9313; 复合先过去时</p><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">使用下列句型，其中前面的ter需要变位，后面的过去分词没有变化。<br />ter的过去未完成时变位 ＋ 过去分词</p><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">以动词cantar为例：<br />tinha cantado<br />tinhas cantado<br />tinha cantado<br />t&#237;nhamos cantado<br />t&#237;nheis cantado<br />tinham cantado</p><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">Ele j&#225; tinha escrito a carta, quando os seus amigos chegaram.［当他的朋友们到来时，他已经写完信了。］</li><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">escrever使用复合先过去时，而chegar没有使用复合先过去时，谈话对方自然会认为chegar使用的是过去完成时，从而避免了时态歧义。</p><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; color: red; ">8.10 不规则动词的先过去时变位</p><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">不规则动词的先过去时变位的构成分为两步：第一步是写出不规则动词的过去完成时eles/elas变位，第二步是查看最后四个字母。</p><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">如果是eram，去掉它，分别加上era/eras/era/&#233;ramos/&#233;reis/eram。以动词dar为例：<br />dar -- d[eram] -- dera -- deras -- dera -- d&#233;ramos -- d&#233;reis -- deram</p><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">如果是iram，去掉它，分别加上ira/iras/ira/&#237;ramos/&#237;reis/iram。以动词ver为例：<br />ver -- v[iram] -- vira -- viras -- vira -- v&#237;ramos -- v&#237;reis -- viram</p><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">如果是oram，去掉它，分别加上ora/oras/ora/&#244;ramos/&#244;reis/oram。以动词ser为例：<br />ser -- f[oram] -- fora -- foras -- fora -- f&#244;ramos -- f&#244;reis -- foram</p><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; color: red; ">8.11 本课词汇表</p><div style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; "><table style="border-collapse: collapse; margin-top: auto; margin-right: auto; margin-bottom: auto; margin-left: auto; "><tbody><tr><td style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; border-top-width: 1px; border-right-width: 1px; border-bottom-width: 1px; border-left-width: 1px; border-top-style: solid; border-right-style: solid; border-bottom-style: solid; border-left-style: solid; border-top-color: gray; border-right-color: gray; border-bottom-color: gray; border-left-color: gray; padding-top: 3px; padding-right: 3px; padding-bottom: 3px; padding-left: 3px; vertical-align: top; width: 255px; ">avo ['avu] (m) 分<br />cada [k'ada] (p) 每个<br />como [k'omu] (c) 因为<br />computador [konputad'or] (m) 计算机<br />dever [dev'er] (vt) 应该<br />escolher [eskolj'er] (vi|vt) 选择<br />exerc&#237;cio [ezers'isiu] (m) 练习<br />gin&#225;stica [ʒin'astʃika] (f) 体操<br />irm&#227; [irm'an] (f) 姐妹<br />j&#225; [ʒa] (ad) 已经<br />meio [m'eju] (m) 二分之一<br /></td><td style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; border-top-width: 1px; border-right-width: 1px; border-bottom-width: 1px; border-left-width: 1px; border-top-style: solid; border-right-style: solid; border-bottom-style: solid; border-left-style: solid; border-top-color: gray; border-right-color: gray; border-bottom-color: gray; border-left-color: gray; padding-top: 3px; padding-right: 3px; padding-bottom: 3px; padding-left: 3px; vertical-align: top; width: 255px; ">menina [men'inu] (f) 女孩<br />m&#250;sica [m'uzika] (f) 音乐<br />ouvir [ouv'ir] (vi|vt) 听到<br />porqu&#234; [purk'e] (ad) 为什么<br />porque [purk'i] (c) 因为<br />port&#225;til [port'atʃiu] (a) 可携带的<br />r&#225;dio [r'adʒiu] (m) 收音机<br />se [si] (c) 如果，是否<br />ter&#231;o [t'ersu] (m) 三分之一<br />vez [ves] (f) 倍<br />v&#237;rgula [v'irgula] (f) 逗号<br /></td></tr></tbody></table></div><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; text-align: center; ">&nbsp;</p></span></div><img src ="http://www.blogjava.net/jjshcc/aggbug/403457.html" width = "1" height = "1" /><br><br><div align=right><a style="text-decoration:none;" href="http://www.blogjava.net/jjshcc/" target="_blank">Eric_jiang</a> 2013-08-29 18:05 <a href="http://www.blogjava.net/jjshcc/archive/2013/08/29/403457.html#Feedback" target="_blank" style="text-decoration:none;">发表评论</a></div>]]></description></item><item><title>葡语十日入门-第7课</title><link>http://www.blogjava.net/jjshcc/archive/2013/08/29/403455.html</link><dc:creator>Eric_jiang</dc:creator><author>Eric_jiang</author><pubDate>Thu, 29 Aug 2013 09:55:00 GMT</pubDate><guid>http://www.blogjava.net/jjshcc/archive/2013/08/29/403455.html</guid><wfw:comment>http://www.blogjava.net/jjshcc/comments/403455.html</wfw:comment><comments>http://www.blogjava.net/jjshcc/archive/2013/08/29/403455.html#Feedback</comments><slash:comments>0</slash:comments><wfw:commentRss>http://www.blogjava.net/jjshcc/comments/commentRss/403455.html</wfw:commentRss><trackback:ping>http://www.blogjava.net/jjshcc/services/trackbacks/403455.html</trackback:ping><description><![CDATA[<div><span style="font-family: 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; "><div style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; "><table style="border-collapse: collapse; margin-top: auto; margin-right: auto; margin-bottom: auto; margin-left: auto; "><tbody><tr><td style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; border-top-width: 1px; border-right-width: 1px; border-bottom-width: 1px; border-left-width: 1px; border-top-style: solid; border-right-style: solid; border-bottom-style: solid; border-left-style: solid; border-top-color: gray; border-right-color: gray; border-bottom-color: gray; border-left-color: gray; padding-top: 3px; padding-right: 3px; padding-bottom: 3px; padding-left: 3px; "><center>第7课</center><br />7.1 同时使用多个mente形式的副词<br />7.2 以quanto开头的感叹句<br />7.3 直接宾格人称代词lo/la/los/las<br />7.4 直接宾格人称代词no/na/nos/nas<br />7.5 间接宾格人称代词<br />7.6 重读宾格人称代词<br />7.7 介词与重读宾格人称代词的缩合<br />7.8 被动语态<br />7.9 动词ficar<br />7.10 句型ter de/que和haver de/que<br />7.11 副词agora/ainda/apenas等<br />7.12 连接两个动词的介词<br />7.13 本课词汇表<br /></td></tr></tbody></table></div><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; color: red; ">7.1 同时使用多个mente形式的副词</p><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; "></p><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">如果同时使用多个mente形式的副词，只有最后一个副词保留mente，其余副词的mente均被省略。例如：</p><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">Ele escuta as minhas queixas calma, paciente e atenciosamente.［他平静地、耐心地、注意地倾听我的抱怨。］</li><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">但如果想要强调每个副词，那么每个副词的mente均不能省略。例如：</p><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">Ele escuta as minhas queixas calmamente, pacientemente e atenciosamente.［他平静地、耐心地、注意地倾听我的抱怨。］</li><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; color: red; ">7.2 以quanto开头的感叹句</p><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">quanto既是代词，意思是＂多少＂，又是副词，意思是＂多么＂，用来构成感叹句。例如：</p><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">Quanto ele sofreu!［他受了多少苦啊！］</li><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">Quanto eles riem!［他们笑得多么欢畅啊！］</li><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">动词rir（笑）的六个现在时变位是rio/ris/ri/[rimos]/rides/riem。</p><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; color: red; ">7.3 直接宾格人称代词lo/la/los/las</p><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">动词（包括原形和变位）的词尾字母如果是r/s/z，那么当o/a/os/as这四个直接宾格人称代词位于动词后面时，必须去掉r/s/z，同时将o/a/os/as变成lo/la/los/las。请看三个例子。</p><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">&#9312; 词尾字母是r</p><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">Eu vou fazer um bolo.［我将做一个蛋糕。］</li><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">Eu vou fazer-o.［用o代替um bolo］</li><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">Eu vou faz&#234;-lo.［我将做它。］</li><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">去掉r之后，词尾字母a变成&#225;，e变成&#234;，o变成&#244;。</p><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">&#9313; 词尾字母是s</p><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">N&#243;s fazemos um bolo.［我们做一个蛋糕。］</li><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">N&#243;s fazemos-o.［用o代替um bolo］</li><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">N&#243;s fazemo-lo.［我们做它。］</li><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">&#9314; 词尾字母是z</p><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">Ele faz um bolo.［他做一个蛋糕。］</li><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">Ele faz-o.［用o代替um bolo］</li><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">Ele fa-lo.［他做它。］</li><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">有两个动词变位不符合上述规则，它们是：<br />quer变成quere，o/a/os/as没有变化，例如quere-o。<br />tens变成tem，o/a/os/as变成lo/la/los/las，例如tem-lo。</p><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; color: red; ">7.4 直接宾格人称代词no/na/nos/nas</p><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">动词变位的词尾字母如果是m/&#227;o/&#245;e，那么当o/a/os/as这四个直接宾格人称代词位于动词变位后面时，必须将o/a/os/as变成no/na/nos/nas。请看三个例子。</p><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">&#9312; 词尾字母是m</p><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">Eles compram o livro.［他们买了这本书。］</li><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">Eles compram-o.［用o代替o livro］</li><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">Eles compram-no.［他们买了它。］</li><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">&#9313; 词尾字母是&#227;o</p><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">Eles d&#227;o o livro aos alunos.［他们把这本书给了学生。］</li><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">Eles d&#227;o-o aos alunos.［用o代替o livro］</li><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">Eles d&#227;o-no aos alunos.［他们把它给了学生。］</li><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">&#9314; 词尾字母是&#245;e</p><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">Ele p&#245;e o livro sobre a mesa.［他把这本书放在桌上。］</li><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">Ele p&#245;e-o sobre a mesa.［用o代替o livro］</li><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">Ele p&#245;e-no sobre a mesa.［他把它放在桌上。］</li><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; color: red; ">7.5 间接宾格人称代词</p><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">在＂我给你一本书＂这句话中，＂你＂是间接宾语，＂书＂是直接宾语。间接宾格人称代词就是在句子中担任间接宾语的人称代词。下面是葡语的六个间接宾格人称代词，其中四个与直接宾格人称代词相同。<br />me（我）<br />te（你）<br />lhe（你，他，她，它）<br />nos（我们）<br />vos（你们）<br />lhes（你们，他们，她们，它们）</p><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">下面两句话的含义是相同的，但前者使用了主格人称代词voc&#234;，后者使用了间接宾格人称代词lhe。</p><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">Eu dou um livro a voc&#234;.［我给你一本书。］</li><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">Eu dou-lhe um livro.［我给你一本书。］</li><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">一般来说，凡是动词与间接宾语之间通过介词a/para连接的句子，都可以使用间接宾格人称代词。请再看两句话。</p><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">Eu fa&#231;o um bolo para voc&#234;s.［我为你们做一个蛋糕。］</li><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">Eu fa&#231;o-lhes um bolo.［我为你们做一个蛋糕。］</li><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">上一课提到在两种情况下，直接宾格人称代词必须放在动词前面，这两种情况也适用于间接宾格人称代词。例如：</p><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">Quem lhe d&#225; o livro?［谁给你这本书的？］</li><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; color: red; ">7.6 重读宾格人称代词</p><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">介词后面需要人称代词时，不能使用直接、间接宾格人称代词，必须使用重读宾格人称代词。下面是葡语的十个重读宾格人称代词：<br />mim（我）<br />ti（你）<br />si/voc&#234;（你）<br />ele（他，它）<br />ela（她，它）<br />n&#243;s（我们）<br />v&#243;s（你们）<br />si/voc&#234;s（你们）<br />eles（他们，它们）<br />elas （她们，它们）</p><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">Essas flores s&#227;o para mim?［那些花是给我的吗？］</li><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">唯一的例外是：介词exceto/fora/menos的意思都是＂除..之外＂，它们的后面不使用mim/ti，而使用eu/tu。例如：</p><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">Todos riem, menos eu.［除我之外，大家都笑了。］</li><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; color: red; ">7.7 介词与重读宾格人称代词的缩合</p><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">&#9312; com与下列重读宾格人称代词必须缩合。</p><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">com ＋ mim ＝ comigo<br />com ＋ ti ＝ contigo<br />com ＋ si ＝ consigo<br />com ＋ n&#243;s ＝ conosco<br />com ＋ v&#243;s ＝ convosco</p><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">Ele vai comigo.［他和我一起去。］</li><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">&#9313; de与下列重读宾格人称代词可以缩合，也可以不缩合。</p><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">de ＋ ele ＝ dele<br />de ＋ ela ＝ dela<br />de ＋ eles ＝ deles<br />de ＋ elas ＝ delas</p><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">N&#243;s estamos falando dele.［我们正在谈论他。］</li><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">falar de是一个词组，意思是＂谈论＂。</p><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">&#9314; em与下列重读宾格人称代词可以缩合，也可以不缩合。</p><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">em ＋ ele ＝ nele<br />em ＋ ela ＝ nela<br />em ＋ eles ＝ neles<br />em ＋ elas ＝ nelas</p><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">Eu penso nele.［我想起了他。］</li><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">pensar em是一个词组，意思是＂想起＂。</p><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; color: red; ">7.8 被动语态</p><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">到目前为止，我们所看到的句子都是主动语态，现在介绍被动语态。葡语的被动语态使用下列句型：<br />ser ＋ 过去分词 ＋ por</p><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">主动语态：Ela perdeu o seu colar.［她丢失了她的项链。］</li><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">被动语态：O seu colar foi perdido por ela.［她的项链被她丢失了。］</li><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">上面是两个过去完成时的例句，下面是两个现在时的例句。</p><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">主动语态：Ela encontra o seu colar.［她找到了她的项链。］</li><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">被动语态：O seu colar &#233; encontrado por ela.［她的项链被她找到了。］</li><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">por以后的部分经常被省略。例如：</p><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">O seu colar foi perdido.［她的项链丢失了。］</li><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">O seu colar &#233; encontrado.［她的项链找到了。］</li><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; color: red; ">7.9 动词ficar</p><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">ficar有许多意思，其中一个意思是＂变得＂，此时ficar与ser/estar非常相似。请比较三个例句：</p><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">A rua &#233; limpa.［这条街道很干净。］</li><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">隐含的意思是：这条街道一直很干净。</p><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">A rua est&#225; limpa.［这条街道很干净。］</li><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">隐含的意思是：这条街道现在很干净（过去可能不干净）。</p><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">A rua fica limpa.［这条街道很干净。］</li><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">隐含的意思是：这条街道变得干净了（过去可能不干净）。</p><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">在葡语中，ser/estar/ficar统称为联系动词。</p><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; color: red; ">7.10 句型ter de/que和haver de/que</p><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">下面四个句型均表示＂必须＂。<br />ter de ＋ 动词<br />ter que ＋ 动词<br />haver de ＋ 动词<br />haver que ＋ 动词</p><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">N&#243;s temos de (que) ajudar essas pessoas pobres.［我们必须帮助那些穷人。］</li><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">Havemos de (que) ajudar essas pessoas pobres.［我们必须帮助那些穷人。］</li><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">ter de/que前面可以有主格人称代词（例如n&#243;s），haver de/que前面不能有主格人称代词。</p><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; color: red; ">7.11 副词agora/ainda/apenas等</p><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">&#9312; agora（现在）</p><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">Ele est&#225; dormindo agora.［他现在正在睡觉。］</li><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">&#9313; ainda（仍然）</p><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">Ele ainda est&#225; dormindo?［他还在睡觉吗？］</li><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">&#9314; apenas（仅仅）</p><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">Ele dormiu apenas tr&#234;s horas.［他仅仅睡了三个小时。］</li><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">&#9315; cedo（早）和tarde（晚）</p><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">Ele chega cedo e sai tarde.［他来得早，走得晚。］</li><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">&#9316; depressa（快）和devagar（慢）</p><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">&#192;s vezes ele anda depressa, &#224;s vezes devagar.［他有时走得快，有时走得慢。］</li><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">&#224;s vezes是一个词组，意思是＂有时＂。</p><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">&#9317; quase（几乎）</p><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">Ele fica quase surdo.［他几乎聋了。］</li><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; color: red; ">7.12 连接两个动词的介词</p><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">在英语中，连接两个动词的介词是to，例如want to write。但在葡语中，情况比较复杂。有些时候，两个动词之间不需要介词。例如：</p><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">Ele quer escrever a carta.［他想写信。］</li><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">但有些时候，两个动词之间需要介词。例如：</p><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">Ele come&#231;a a escrever a carta.［他开始写信。］</li><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">Ele p&#225;ra de escrever a carta.［他停止写信。］</li><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">p&#225;ra是动词parar（停止）的现在时ele/ela变位，请不要跟介词para混淆。</p><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">遇到介词使用问题时，初学者可以查阅葡语词典，看看某个动词后面是否需要介词？需要哪个介词？例如：<br />proceder a（进行）<br />proceder de（来自）<br />proceder contra（起诉）</p><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; color: red; ">7.13 本课词汇表</p><div style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; "><table style="border-collapse: collapse; margin-top: auto; margin-right: auto; margin-bottom: auto; margin-left: auto; "><tbody><tr><td style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; border-top-width: 1px; border-right-width: 1px; border-bottom-width: 1px; border-left-width: 1px; border-top-style: solid; border-right-style: solid; border-bottom-style: solid; border-left-style: solid; border-top-color: gray; border-right-color: gray; border-bottom-color: gray; border-left-color: gray; padding-top: 3px; padding-right: 3px; padding-bottom: 3px; padding-left: 3px; vertical-align: top; width: 247px; ">agora [ag'ora] (ad) 现在<br />ainda [a'inda] (ad) 仍然<br />ajudar [aʒud'ar] (vt) 帮助<br />aluno [al'unu] (m) 学生<br />apenas [ap'enas] (ad) 仅仅<br />atencioso [atensi'ozu] (a) 注意的<br />calmo [k'aumu] (a) 平静的<br />cedo [s'edu] (ad) 早<br />colar [kol'ar] (m) 项链<br />come&#231;ar [komes'ar] (vi|vt) 开始<br />depressa [depr'esa] (ad) 快<br />devagar [devag'ar] (ad) 慢<br />encontrar [enkontr'ar] (vi|vp|vt) 找到<br />escrever [eskrev'er] (vi|vt) 写<br />escutar [eskut'ar] (vi|vt) 听<br />exceto [es'etu] (prep) 除..之外<br />ficar [fik'ar] (vi|vp) 变得<br />flor [flor] (f) 花<br />fora [f'ora] (prep) 除..之外<br />lhe [lji] (p) 你，他，她，它<br /></td><td style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; border-top-width: 1px; border-right-width: 1px; border-bottom-width: 1px; border-left-width: 1px; border-top-style: solid; border-right-style: solid; border-bottom-style: solid; border-left-style: solid; border-top-color: gray; border-right-color: gray; border-bottom-color: gray; border-left-color: gray; padding-top: 3px; padding-right: 3px; padding-bottom: 3px; padding-left: 3px; vertical-align: top; width: 247px; ">lhes [ljis] (p) 你们，他们，她们，它们<br />limpo [l'inpu] (a) 清洁的<br />menos [m'enus] (prep) 除..之外<br />mim [min] (p) 我<br />paciente [pasi'entʃi] (a) 耐心的<br />parar [par'ar] (vi|vt) 停止<br />pensar [pens'ar] (vi|vt) 想<br />perder [perd'er] (vi|vp|vt) 丢失<br />pobre [p'obri] (a) 贫穷的<br />quanto [kw'antu] (ad) 多么<br />quase [kw'azi] (ad) 几乎<br />queixa [k'eiʃa] (f) 抱怨<br />rir [rir] (vi|vp) 笑<br />rua [r'ua] (f) 街道<br />si [si] (p) 你，你们<br />sofrer [sofr'er] (vi) 受苦<br />surdo [s'urdu] (a) 聋的<br />tarde [t'ardʒi] (ad) 晚<br />ti [tʃi] (p) 你<br />vez [ves] (f) 次<br /></td></tr></tbody></table></div><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; text-align: center; ">&nbsp;</p></span></div><img src ="http://www.blogjava.net/jjshcc/aggbug/403455.html" width = "1" height = "1" /><br><br><div align=right><a style="text-decoration:none;" href="http://www.blogjava.net/jjshcc/" target="_blank">Eric_jiang</a> 2013-08-29 17:55 <a href="http://www.blogjava.net/jjshcc/archive/2013/08/29/403455.html#Feedback" target="_blank" style="text-decoration:none;">发表评论</a></div>]]></description></item><item><title>葡语十日入门-第6课</title><link>http://www.blogjava.net/jjshcc/archive/2013/08/29/403453.html</link><dc:creator>Eric_jiang</dc:creator><author>Eric_jiang</author><pubDate>Thu, 29 Aug 2013 09:45:00 GMT</pubDate><guid>http://www.blogjava.net/jjshcc/archive/2013/08/29/403453.html</guid><wfw:comment>http://www.blogjava.net/jjshcc/comments/403453.html</wfw:comment><comments>http://www.blogjava.net/jjshcc/archive/2013/08/29/403453.html#Feedback</comments><slash:comments>0</slash:comments><wfw:commentRss>http://www.blogjava.net/jjshcc/comments/commentRss/403453.html</wfw:commentRss><trackback:ping>http://www.blogjava.net/jjshcc/services/trackbacks/403453.html</trackback:ping><description><![CDATA[<div><span style="font-family: 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; "><div style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; "><table style="border-collapse: collapse; margin-top: auto; margin-right: auto; margin-bottom: auto; margin-left: auto; "><tbody><tr><td style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; border-top-width: 1px; border-right-width: 1px; border-bottom-width: 1px; border-left-width: 1px; border-top-style: solid; border-right-style: solid; border-bottom-style: solid; border-left-style: solid; border-top-color: gray; border-right-color: gray; border-bottom-color: gray; border-left-color: gray; padding-top: 3px; padding-right: 3px; padding-bottom: 3px; padding-left: 3px; "><center>第6课</center><br />6.1 副词aqui/a&#237;/ali<br />6.2 与距离有关的两组指示代词<br />6.3 介词与指示代词的缩合<br />6.4 直接宾格人称代词<br />6.5 直接宾格人称代词的位置<br />6.6 过去分词<br />6.7 无人称句子<br />6.8 动词的过去完成时<br />6.9 过去完成时与过去未完成时的另外两种用法<br />6.10 代词todo/tudo<br />6.11 1000至10亿的基数词和序数词<br />6.12 动词p&#244;r<br />6.13 本课词汇表<br /></td></tr></tbody></table></div><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; color: red; ">6.1 副词aqui/a&#237;/ali</p><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">葡语中有三个表示地点的副词，它们是：<br />&#9312; 离说话人较近的地点用aqui（这里）表示。<br />&#9313; 离听话人较近的地点用a&#237;（那里）表示。<br />&#9314; 离说话人和听话人都较远的地点用ali（那里）表示。</p><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">Ontem, eu fui ao porto, e vi muitos navios ali.［昨天我去了海港，在那里看到许多船。］</li><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">fui和vi分别是动词ir（去）和ver（看见）的过去完成时变位。</p><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">这三个副词与介词de在一起时，两者必须缩合。<br />de ＋ aqui ＝ daqui<br />de ＋ a&#237; ＝ da&#237;<br />de ＋ ali ＝ dali</p><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">Eu vou partir daqui amanh&#227;.［我明天将从这里出发。］</li><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">c&#225;/l&#225;也是表示地点的副词，其中c&#225;是aqui的同义词，l&#225;是ali的同义词。</p><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">Eu quero andar para c&#225; e para l&#225;.［我想到处走走。］</li><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; color: red; ">6.2 与距离有关的两组指示代词</p><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">este/esse/aquele这组指示代词与距离有关，有性和数。<br />&#9312; 离说话人较近的事物用este/esta（这个）、estes/estas（这些）表示。<br />&#9313; 离听话人较近的事物用esse/essa（那个）、esses/essas（那些）表示。<br />&#9314; 离说话人和听话人都较远的事物用aquele/aquela（那个）、aqueles/aquelas（那些）表示。</p><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">H&#225; tr&#234;s c&#227;es no gramado. Este &#233; meu, esse &#233; teu, e aquele &#233; seu.［草地上有三只狗。这只是我的，那只是你的，那只是他的。］</li><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">isto/isso/aquilo这组指示代词也与距离有关，但没有性和数。<br />&#9312; 离说话人较近的事物用isto（这个）表示。<br />&#9313; 离听话人较近的事物用isso（那个）表示。<br />&#9314; 离说话人和听话人都较远的事物用aquilo（那个）表示。</p><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">Isto &#233; f&#225;cil, isso &#233; dif&#237;cil, e aquilo &#233; imposs&#237;vel.［这件事容易，那件事难，那件事是不可能的。］</li><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">este/esse/aquele可以修饰名词，例如este c&#227;o（这只狗），isto/isso/aquilo不能修饰名词，只能单独使用。</p><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; color: red; ">6.3 介词与指示代词的缩合</p><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">介词a/de/em与刚刚介绍的两组指示代词在一起时，两者必须缩合。</p><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">&#9312; 与a的缩合<br />a ＋ aquele ＝ &#224;quele（&#224;quela/&#224;queles/&#224;quelas）<br />a ＋ aquilo ＝ &#224;quilo</p><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">&#9313; 与de的缩合<br />de ＋ este ＝ deste（desta/destes/destas）<br />de ＋ esse ＝ desse（dessa/desses/dessas）<br />de ＋ aquele ＝ daquele（daquela/daqueles/daquelas）<br />de ＋ isto ＝ disto<br />de ＋ isso ＝ disso<br />de ＋ aquilo ＝ daquilo</p><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">&#9314; 与em的缩合<br />em ＋ este ＝ neste（nesta/nestes/nestas）<br />em ＋ esse ＝ nesse（nessa/nesses/nessas）<br />em ＋ aquele ＝ naquele（naquela/naqueles/naquelas）<br />em ＋ isto ＝ nisto<br />em ＋ isso ＝ nisso<br />em ＋ aquilo ＝ naquilo</p><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">Eu n&#227;o quero responder &#224;quela pergunta.［我不想回答那个问题。］</li><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">Eu gosto daquele livro interessante.［我喜欢那本有趣的书。］</li><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">Eu confio naquele homem, mas n&#227;o naquela mulher.［我信任那个男人，但不信任那个女人。］</li><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">responder a（回答）、gostar de（喜欢）、confiar em（信任）是三个词组。</p><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; color: red; ">6.4 直接宾格人称代词</p><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">直接宾格人称代词就是在句子中担任直接宾语的人称代词。下面是葡语的六个直接宾格人称代词：<br />me（我）<br />te（你）<br />o/a（你，他，她，它）<br />nos（我们）<br />vos（你们）<br />os/as（你们，他们，她们，它们）</p><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">葡葡将直接宾格人称代词放在动词后面，两者用连字号连接。例如：</p><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">Ele v&#234;-me.［他看见我。］</li><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">Ele v&#234;-nos.［他看见我们。］</li><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">巴葡将直接宾格人称代词放在动词前面。例如：</p><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">Ele me v&#234;.［他看见我。］</li><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">Ele nos v&#234;.［他看见我们。］</li><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">Eu vejo-o或Eu o vejo有三个意思，分别是：<br />&#9312; 我看见你（你是男性）<br />&#9313; 我看见他<br />&#9314; 我看见它（例如carro或其他阳性名词）</p><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">Eu vejo-a或Eu a vejo也有三个意思，分别是：<br />&#9312; 我看见你（你是女性）<br />&#9313; 我看见她<br />&#9314; 我看见它（例如casa或其他阴性名词）</p><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; color: red; ">6.5 直接宾格人称代词的位置</p><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">直接宾格人称代词既可以放在动词后面（葡葡），也可以放在动词前面（巴葡）。但在下面两种情况下，直接宾格人称代词必须放在动词前面。</p><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">&#9312; 动词前面有表示否定的n型词，包括nada/n&#227;o/nem/nenhum/ningu&#233;m/nunca等。</p><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">Eu n&#227;o o conhe&#231;o.［我不认识他。］</li><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">&#9313; 动词前面有表示疑问的q型词，包括qual/quando/quanto/que/quem/como/onde/porque等。</p><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">Quem o conhece?［谁认识他？］</li><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">在动词conhecer（认识）的六个现在时变位中，只有eu变位是不规则的（conhe&#231;o），其余五个变位都是规则的。</p><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; color: red; ">6.6 过去分词</p><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">将第一、第二、第三变位动词的词尾字母ar、er、ir去掉，分别加上ado、ido、ido，这样的形式称作过去分词。例如：<br />cantar -- cantado<br />comer -- comido<br />partir -- partido</p><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">有少数动词的过去分词是不规则的。例如：<br />abrir -- aberto<br />dizer -- dito<br />escrever -- escrito<br />fazer -- feito<br />ver -- visto<br />vir -- vindo</p><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">还有少数动词的过去分词有两个，一个是规则的，一个是不规则的，并且后者比前者更常用。例如：<br />ganhar -- ganhado -- ganho<br />gastar -- gastado -- gasto<br />pagar -- pagado -- pago</p><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">过去分词有性、数的变化。例如：<br />cantado -- cantada -- cantados -- cantadas</p><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">过去分词有多种用途，其中一个用途是充当形容词，通常译成＂被..的＂。例如：<br />abrir（打开）-- aberto（被打开的）-- uma janela aberta（一扇被打开的窗户）<br />fechar（关闭）-- fechado（被关闭的）-- uma janela fechada（一扇被关闭的窗户）</p><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; color: red; ">6.7 无人称句子</p><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">无人称句子以动词的ele/ela变位开头，句子中没有主格、宾格人称代词。无人称句子分为两种：</p><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">&#9312; 以estar/fazer/haver开头的句子</p><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">Est&#225; (Faz) bom tempo hoje.［今天天气好。］</li><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">Est&#225; (Faz) mau tempo hoje.［今天天气坏。］</li><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">Faz (Est&#225;) calor hoje.［今天热。］</li><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">Faz (Est&#225;) frio hoje.［今天冷。］</li><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">H&#225; tr&#234;s livros sobre a mesa.［桌上有三本书。］</li><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">当表示天气时，Est&#225;和Faz可以互换。</p><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">&#9313; 以表示自然现象的动词开头的句子</p><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">Choveu ontem.［昨天下雨。］</li><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">Neva hoje.［今天下雪。］</li><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">Ventar&#225; amanh&#227;.［明天刮风。］</li><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; color: red; ">6.8 动词的过去完成时</p><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">过去完成时表示过去发生的动作，并且动作已经完成，例如我昨天上午看了一部电影。过去完成时有两种表达方法，一种不使用过去分词，称为简单过去完成时；一种使用过去分词，称为复合过去完成时。</p><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">&#9312; 简单过去完成时</p><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">第一变位动词：去掉词尾ar，分别加上ei/aste/ou/amos/astes/aram。以动词cantar为例：<br />cantei -- cantaste -- cantou -- cantamos -- cantastes -- cantaram</p><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">第二变位动词：去掉词尾er，分别加上i/este/eu/emos/estes/eram。以动词comer为例：<br />comi -- comeste -- comeu -- comemos -- comestes -- comeram</p><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">第三变位动词：去掉词尾ir，分别加上i/iste/iu/imos/istes/iram。以动词partir为例：<br />parti -- partiste -- partiu -- partimos -- partistes -- partiram</p><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">常用不规则动词的过去完成时变位：<br />dar：[dei] -- deste -- deu -- demos -- destes -- deram<br />dizer：disse -- disseste -- disse -- dissemos -- dissestes -- disseram<br />estar：estive -- estiveste -- esteve -- estivemos -- estivestes -- estiveram<br />fazer：fiz -- fizeste -- fez -- fizemos -- fizestes -- fizeram<br />ir：fui -- foste -- foi -- fomos -- fostes -- foram<br />poder：pude -- pudeste -- p&#244;de -- pudemos -- pudestes -- puderam<br />querer：quis -- quiseste -- quis -- quisemos -- quisestes -- quiseram<br />saber：soube -- soubeste -- soube -- soubemos -- soubestes -- souberam<br />ser：fui -- foste -- foi -- fomos -- fostes -- foram<br />ter：tive -- tiveste -- teve -- tivemos -- tivestes -- tiveram<br />trazer: trouxe -- trouxeste -- trouxe -- trouxemos -- trouxestes -- trouxeram<br />ver：[vi] -- viste -- viu -- vimos -- vistes -- viram<br />vir：vim -- vieste -- veio -- viemos -- viestes -- vieram</p><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">Quando eu entrei no escrit&#243;rio, ele sorriu para mim.［当我走进办公室时，他冲我微笑了一下。］</li><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">Ele trouxe algumas revistas brasileiras, incluindo &#201;poca e Veja.［他带来一些巴西杂志，包括《时代》和《请看》。］</li><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">entrar em是一个词组，意思是＂进入＂。incluindo &#201;poca e Veja是现在分词短语，作为主句的补充。</p><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">&#9313; 复合过去完成时</p><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">使用下列句型，其中前面的ter需要变位，后面的过去分词没有变化。<br />ter的现在时变位 ＋ 过去分词</p><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">Eu tenho encontrado dificuldades.［我遇到困难。］</li><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">Tu tens encontrado dificuldades.［你遇到困难。］</li><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">Ele tem encontrado dificuldades.［他遇到困难。］</li><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">N&#243;s temos encontrado dificuldades.［我们遇到困难。］</li><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">V&#243;s tendes encontrado dificuldades.［你们遇到困难。］</li><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">Eles t&#234;m encontrado dificuldades.［他们遇到困难。］</li><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; color: red; ">6.9 过去完成时与过去未完成时的另外两种用法</p><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">动作已经完成，使用过去完成时；动作尚未完成，使用过去未完成时。除了这种常规用法之外，还有另外两种用法。</p><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">&#9312; 动作是非经常性的，使用过去完成时；动作是经常性的，使用过去未完成时。</p><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">Ele sorriu para mim.［他冲我微笑了一下。］</li><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">Ele sorria para mim.［他冲我微笑了一下。］</li><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">第一句表示他偶尔冲我微笑，第二句表示他经常冲我微笑。</p><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">&#9313; 动作的时间是明确的，例如上周日，使用过去完成时；动作的时间是不明确的，例如以前每周日，使用过去未完成时。</p><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">N&#243;s fomos ao cinema no domingo passado.［我们上周日去看电影。］</li><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">N&#243;s &#237;amos ao cinema aos domingos.［我们以前每周日都去看电影。］</li><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; color: red; ">6.10 代词todo/tudo</p><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">todo和tudo的意思都是＂全部＂，两者的区别是：&#9312;todo有性和数（todo/toda/todos/todas），用来修饰名词，tudo没有性和数，只能单独使用。&#9313;todo可以表示人和事物，tudo不能表示人，只能表示事物。另外，todo在修饰名词时，名词前面需要加上定冠词。</p><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">Eu vou &#224; escola todas as manh&#227;s.［我每天早晨去学校。］</li><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">Eu sei tudo sobre ele.［我知道有关他的一切。］</li><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">sei是动词saber（知道）的现在时eu变位，其余五个变位都是规则的。</p><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; color: red; ">6.11 1000至10亿的基数词和序数词</p><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">mil（1000）-- mil&#233;simo（第1000）<br />mil e um（1001）-- mil&#233;simo primeiro（第1001）<br />dez mil（1万）-- dez mil&#233;simos（第1万）<br />cem mil（10万）-- cem mil&#233;simos（第10万）<br />milh&#227;o（100万）-- milion&#233;simo（第100万）<br />bilh&#227;o（10亿）-- bilion&#233;simo（第10亿）</p><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">milh&#227;o和bilh&#227;o这两个基数词有复数形式。例如：</p><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">A popula&#231;&#227;o do Brasil ultrapassa 192 milh&#245;es.［巴西人口超过1.92亿。］</li><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">年份的读法是（请注意千位和百位之间没有介词e）：<br />mil novecentos e noventa e quatro（1994年）<br />dois mil e tr&#234;s（2003年）</p><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">如果句子中提到年份，应当使用介词em。例如：</p><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">O cantor nasceu em 1932 e morreu em 1997.［这位歌唱家生于1932年，死于1997年。］</li><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; color: red; ">6.12 动词p&#244;r</p><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">p&#244;r的意思是＂放置＂，它的各种变位是：<br />&#9312; 现在时变位：ponho -- p&#245;es -- p&#245;e -- pomos -- pondes -- p&#245;em<br />&#9313; 过去未完成时变位：punha -- punhas -- punha -- p&#250;nhamos -- p&#250;nheis -- punham<br />&#9314; 过去完成时变位：pus -- puseste -- p&#244;s -- pusemos -- pusestes -- puseram<br />&#9315; 先过去时变位：pusera -- puseras -- pusera -- pus&#233;ramos -- pus&#233;reis -- puseram<br />&#9316; 将来时变位：porei -- por&#225;s -- por&#225; -- poremos -- poreis -- por&#227;o<br />&#9317; 过去将来时变位：poria -- porias -- poria -- por&#237;amos -- por&#237;eis -- poriam<br />&#9318; 虚拟式现在时变位：ponha -- ponhas -- ponha -- ponhamos -- ponhais -- ponham<br />&#9319; 现在动词：pondo<br />&#9320; 过去分词：posto</p><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">Eu n&#227;o sei onde pus aquela carta.［我不知道把那封信放在哪里了。］</li><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">p&#244;r是一个非常重要的动词，这是因为在葡语中，有一批动词是以or结尾的，例如compor/dispor，这批动词的变位与p&#244;r相同。另外在某些葡语教材中，以or结尾的动词被称作第四变位动词。</p><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; color: red; ">6.13 本课词汇表</p><div style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; "><table style="border-collapse: collapse; margin-top: auto; margin-right: auto; margin-bottom: auto; margin-left: auto; "><tbody><tr><td style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; border-top-width: 1px; border-right-width: 1px; border-bottom-width: 1px; border-left-width: 1px; border-top-style: solid; border-right-style: solid; border-bottom-style: solid; border-left-style: solid; border-top-color: gray; border-right-color: gray; border-bottom-color: gray; border-left-color: gray; padding-top: 3px; padding-right: 3px; padding-bottom: 3px; padding-left: 3px; vertical-align: top; width: 519px; ">a&#237; [a'i] (ad) 那里<br />aquele, aquela, aqueles, aquelas [ak'eli, ak'ela, ak'elis, ak'elas] (p) 那个，那些<br />aquilo [ak'ilu] (p) 那个<br />bilh&#227;o [bilj'aŋ] (num) 10亿<br />bilion&#233;simo [bilion'ezimu] (num) 第10亿<br />c&#225; [ka] (ad) 这里<br />calor [kal'or] (m) 热<br />cantor [kant'or] (m) 歌唱家<br />carta [k'arta] (f) 信<br />chover [ʃov'er] (vi) 下雨<br />confiar [konfi'ar] (vi|vp) 信任<br />conhecer [konjes'er] (vt) 认识<br />dif&#237;cil [dʒif'isiu] (a) 困难的<br />dificuldade [dʒifikuud'adʒi] (f) 困难<br />encontrar [enkontr'ar] (vi|vp|vt) 遇到<br />entrar [entr'ar] (vi|vt) 进入<br />escrit&#243;rio [eskrit'oriu] (m) 办公室<br />f&#225;cil [f'asiu] (a) 容易的<br />fechar [feʃ'ar] (vi|vp|vt) 关闭<br />frio [friu] (m) 冷<br />gramado [gram'adu] (m) 草地<br />homem ['omen] (m) 男人<br />imposs&#237;vel [inpos'iveu] (a) 不可能的<br />incluir [inklu'ir] (vt) 包括<br />interessante [interes'antʃi] (a) 有趣的<br />isso ['isu] (p) 那个<br />isto ['istu] (p) 这个<br />janela [ʒan'elə] (f) 窗户<br /></td><td style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; border-top-width: 1px; border-right-width: 1px; border-bottom-width: 1px; border-left-width: 1px; border-top-style: solid; border-right-style: solid; border-bottom-style: solid; border-left-style: solid; border-top-color: gray; border-right-color: gray; border-bottom-color: gray; border-left-color: gray; padding-top: 3px; padding-right: 3px; padding-bottom: 3px; padding-left: 3px; vertical-align: top; width: 519px; ">me [mi] (p) 我<br />mil [miu] (num) 1000<br />mil&#233;simo [mil'ezimu] (num) 第1000<br />milh&#227;o [milj'aŋ] (num) 100万<br />milion&#233;simo [milion'ezimu] (num) 第100万<br />mulher [mulj'er] (f) 女人<br />nascer [nas'er] (vi) 出生<br />navio [nav'iu] (m) 船<br />nevar [nev'ar] (vi) 下雪<br />nos [nus] (p) 我们<br />o, a [u, a] (p) 你，他，她，它<br />os, as [us, as] (p) 你们，他们，他们，它们<br />passado [pas'adu] (a) 过去的<br />pergunta [perg'unta] (f) 问题<br />popula&#231;&#227;o [populas'aŋ] (f) 人口<br />p&#244;r [por] (vt) 放置<br />porto [p'ortu] (m) 海港<br />responder [respond'er] (vi|vt) 回答<br />revista [rev'ista] (f) 杂志<br />saber [sab'er] (vi|vt) 知道<br />sobre [s'obri] (prep) 在..上面，关于<br />sorrir [sor'ir] (vi|vp) 微笑<br />te [tʃi] (p) 你<br />tempo [t'enpu] (m) 天气<br />tudo [t'udu] (p) 全部<br />ultrapassar [uutrapas'ar] (vt) 超过<br />ventar [vent'ar] (vi) 刮风<br />vos [vus] (p) 你们<br /></td></tr></tbody></table></div><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; text-align: center; ">&nbsp;</p></span></div><img src ="http://www.blogjava.net/jjshcc/aggbug/403453.html" width = "1" height = "1" /><br><br><div align=right><a style="text-decoration:none;" href="http://www.blogjava.net/jjshcc/" target="_blank">Eric_jiang</a> 2013-08-29 17:45 <a href="http://www.blogjava.net/jjshcc/archive/2013/08/29/403453.html#Feedback" target="_blank" style="text-decoration:none;">发表评论</a></div>]]></description></item><item><title>葡语十日入门-第5课</title><link>http://www.blogjava.net/jjshcc/archive/2013/08/29/403452.html</link><dc:creator>Eric_jiang</dc:creator><author>Eric_jiang</author><pubDate>Thu, 29 Aug 2013 09:34:00 GMT</pubDate><guid>http://www.blogjava.net/jjshcc/archive/2013/08/29/403452.html</guid><wfw:comment>http://www.blogjava.net/jjshcc/comments/403452.html</wfw:comment><comments>http://www.blogjava.net/jjshcc/archive/2013/08/29/403452.html#Feedback</comments><slash:comments>0</slash:comments><wfw:commentRss>http://www.blogjava.net/jjshcc/comments/commentRss/403452.html</wfw:commentRss><trackback:ping>http://www.blogjava.net/jjshcc/services/trackbacks/403452.html</trackback:ping><description><![CDATA[<div><span style="font-family: 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; "><div style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; "><table style="border-collapse: collapse; margin-top: auto; margin-right: auto; margin-bottom: auto; margin-left: auto; "><tbody><tr><td style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; border-top-width: 1px; border-right-width: 1px; border-bottom-width: 1px; border-left-width: 1px; border-top-style: solid; border-right-style: solid; border-bottom-style: solid; border-left-style: solid; border-top-color: gray; border-right-color: gray; border-bottom-color: gray; border-left-color: gray; padding-top: 3px; padding-right: 3px; padding-bottom: 3px; padding-left: 3px; "><center>第5课</center><br />5.1 形容词mesmo/pr&#243;prio<br />5.2 连词ou<br />5.3 代词outro/qualquer<br />5.4 单词nem/nunca<br />5.5 六种常见的变数方法<br />5.6 名词的级<br />5.7 动词的过去进行时<br />5.8 月份与日期<br />5.9 101至900的基数词和序数词<br />5.10 介词desde/at&#233;/com/sem<br />5.11 复合名词<br />5.12 反身代词与反身动词<br />5.13 谷歌翻译的英葡互译功能<br />5.14 本课词汇表<br /></td></tr></tbody></table></div><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; color: red; ">5.1 形容词mesmo/pr&#243;prio</p><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">&#9312; mesmo的意思是＂同一个＂，放在名词前面。例如：</p><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">N&#243;s estudamos na mesma universidade.［我们在同一所大学上学。］</li><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">mesmo也可以放在主格人称代词后面，意思是＂自己＂（我自己、你自己、他自己等）。例如：</p><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">Eu mesmo vou l&#225;.［我亲自去那里。］</li><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">&#9313; 当表示＂自己＂时，可以用pr&#243;prio代替mesmo。例如：</p><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">Eu pr&#243;prio vou l&#225;.［我亲自去那里。］</li><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; color: red; ">5.2 连词ou</p><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">ou用来连接两个单词、两个词组或两个句子，意思是＂或者＂。例如：</p><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">O que voc&#234; prefere, carne ou peixe?［你更喜欢吃哪个：肉还是鱼？］</li><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">ou..ou..是一个词组，意思是＂要么..要么..＂。例如：</p><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">Ou voc&#234; ou o seu irm&#227;o est&#225; enganado.［要么是你搞错了，要么是你哥哥搞错了。］</li><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; color: red; ">5.3 代词outro/qualquer</p><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">&#9312; outro的意思是＂另一个＂或＂另一些＂，有性和数。<br />outro（另一个）-- outra（另一个）-- outros（另一些）-- outras（另一些）</p><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">Este filme &#233; bom, mas o outro filme &#233; melhor.［这部影片不错，但另一部影片更好。］</li><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">&#9313; qualquer的意思是＂任何一个＂，没有性，但有数，复数是quaisquer，意思是＂任何一些＂。</p><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">Qualquer pessoa pode fazer este trabalho.［任何一个人都能做这项工作。］</li><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">在动词poder（能够）的六个现在时变位中，只有eu变位是不规则的（posso），其余五个变位都是规则的。</p><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; color: red; ">5.4 单词nem/nunca</p><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">&#9312; 连词nem的意思是＂也不＂。例如：</p><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">Ele n&#227;o quer vinho, nem caf&#233;. Ele quer uma x&#237;cara de ch&#225;.［他不想要葡萄酒，也不想要咖啡。他想要一杯茶。］</li><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">nem..nem..是一个词组，意思是＂既不..也不..＂。例如：</p><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">Ele n&#227;o tem nem dinheiro nem trabalho.［他既没有钱，也没有工作。］</li><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">nem虽然表示否定的意思，但如果位于动词的后面，动词的前面仍然要使用n&#227;o。</p><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">&#9313; 副词nunca的意思是＂从不＂。例如：</p><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">Ele nunca come alimentos picantes.［他从不吃辛辣食物。］</li><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; color: red; ">5.5 六种常见的变数方法</p><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">葡语的名词和形容词有单数、复数两种形式，两种形式可以互相转变。下面介绍六种常见的变数方法。</p><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">&#9312; 将词尾字母&#231;&#227;o变成&#231;&#245;es。例如：<br />na&#231;&#227;o -- na&#231;&#245;es（国家）</p><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">&#9313; 将词尾字母&#227;o变成&#227;es。例如：<br />capit&#227;o -- capit&#227;es（船长）</p><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">&#9314; 将词尾字母l变成is。例如：<br />animal -- animais（动物）</p><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">&#9315; 将词尾字母m变成ns。例如：<br />homem -- homens（男人）</p><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">&#9316; 在词尾元音字母后面加上s。例如：<br />carro -- carros（汽车）</p><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">&#9317; 在词尾辅音字母后面加上es。例如：<br />nariz -- narizes（鼻子）</p><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">上面是六个名词变数的例子。形容词的变数方法与名词完全相同，这里不再举例。</p><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; color: red; ">5.6 名词的级</p><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">在葡语中，改变名词的词尾，可以让名词所表示的物体变大或变小，例如让普通的碗变成大碗或小碗。普通的碗称作原级，大碗称作表大级，小碗称作表小级。</p><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">&#9312; 表大级的词尾是&#227;o。例如：<br />um carro（汽车）-- um carr&#227;o（大汽车）<br />uma casa（房子）-- um casar&#227;o（大房子）</p><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">使用表大级词尾之后，阴性名词会变成阳性名词。</p><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">&#9313; 表小级的词尾是inho/inha。例如：<br />um carro（汽车）-- um carrinho（小汽车）<br />uma casa（房子）-- uma casinha（小房子）</p><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">使用表小级词尾不会改变名词的性。</p><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">上面只是名词的级的简单介绍，实际变化非常复杂。对于名词的级，读者只要知道即可，不需要掌握。</p><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; color: red; ">5.7 动词的过去进行时</p><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">过去进行时表示在过去某个时间正在发生的动作，例如昨天早晨六点钟我正在睡觉。葡语的过去进行时有两种表达方法。</p><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">&#9312; 葡葡表达方法使用下列句型，其中a前面的estar需要变位，后面的动词不需要变位。<br />estar的过去未完成时变位 a ＋ 动词</p><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">Eu estava a dormir quando ele chegou ontem de manh&#227;.［昨天早晨他到来的时候，我正在睡觉。］</li><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">chegou是chegar的过去完成时变位。de manh&#227;是一个词组，意思是＂在早晨＂。</p><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">&#9313; 巴葡表达方法使用下列句型，其中前面的estar需要变位，后面的现在分词没有变化。<br />estar的过去未完成时变位 ＋ 现在分词</p><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">Eu estava dormindo quando ele chegou ontem de manh&#227;.［昨天早晨他到来的时候，我正在睡觉。］</li><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; color: red; ">5.8 月份与日期</p><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">下面是一年12个月的名称：<br />janeiro（1月）<br />fevereiro（2月）<br />mar&#231;o（3月）<br />abril（4月）<br />maio（5月）<br />junho（6月）<br />julho（7月）<br />agosto（8月）<br />setembro（9月）<br />outubro（10月）<br />novembro（11月）<br />dezembro（12月）</p><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">日期的表达方法是：先说日，再说月，最后说年。例如：</p><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">Ele morreu em 27 de outubro de 2003.［他于2003年10月27日去世。］</li><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">morreu是动词morrer（死亡）的过去完成时变位。2003的读法下课介绍。</p><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; color: red; ">5.9 101至900的基数词和序数词</p><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">cento e um（101）-- cent&#233;simo primeiro（第101）<br />duzentos（200）-- ducent&#233;simo（第200）<br />trezentos（300）-- trecent&#233;simo（第300）<br />quatrocentos（400）-- quadringent&#233;simo（第400）<br />quinhentos（500）-- q&#252;ingent&#233;simo（第500）<br />seiscentos（600）-- sexcent&#233;simo（第600）<br />setecentos（700）-- setingent&#233;simo（第700）<br />oitocentos（800）-- octingent&#233;simo（第800）<br />novecentos（900）-- nongent&#233;simo（第900）</p><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">duzentos至novecentos这八个基数词是阳性复数形式（os），修饰阳性名词。如果修饰阴性名词，需要变成阴性复数形式（as）。例如：<br />trezentos bois（300头公牛）<br />trezentas vacas（300头母牛）</p><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">123 ＋ 321 ＝ 444读作：<br />"cento e vinte e tr&#234;s" mais "trezentos e vinte e um" &#233; igual a "quatrocentos e quarenta e quatro"</p><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; color: red; ">5.10 介词desde/at&#233;/com/sem</p><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">&#9312; desde表示起点（从），at&#233;表示终点（到），是de/a的强调形式。例如：</p><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">Eu vivi em Macau desde 1995 at&#233; 1999.［我1995至1999年居住在澳门。］</li><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">vivi是动词viver（生活）的过去完成时变位。</p><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">&#9313; com有许多意思，基本意思有两个。一表示＂和..一起＂。例如：</p><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">Eu estou escalando a montanha com o meu pai.［我正在和我父亲一起爬山。］</li><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">二表示＂有＂。例如：</p><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">Eu prefiro a mesa com gavetas［我更喜欢这张有抽屉的桌子。］</li><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">此时com的反义词是sem，意思是＂没有＂。例如：</p><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">Eu prefiro a mesa sem gavetas.［我更喜欢这张没有抽屉的桌子。］</li><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">prefiro是动词preferir（更喜欢）的现在时eu变位，其余五个变位都是规则的。</p><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; color: red; ">5.11 复合名词</p><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">在英语中，可以将两个名词连接起来，构成一个复合名词，例如bath＋room＝bathroom（洗澡＋房间＝浴室），但在葡语中，一般不允许这样做。在葡语中，可以用介词将两个名词连接起来，构成一个复合名词（实际上是名词词组）。例如：<br />casa de banho（浴室）<br />caf&#233; com leite（牛奶咖啡）</p><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; "></p><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">复合名词由单数形式变成复数形式时，只改变介词前面的名词，不改变介词后面的名词。例如：<br />duas casas de banho（两个浴室）</p><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; color: red; ">5.12 反身代词与反身动词</p><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">反身代词表示＂我自己、你自己、他自己＂等意思，但通常不必译出。下面是葡语的六个反身代词：<br />me（我自己）<br />te（你自己）<br />se（你自己，他自己，她自己，它自己）<br />nos（我们自己）<br />vos（你们自己）<br />se（你们自己，他们自己，她们自己，它们自己）</p><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">在葡语中，有一类动词的后面必须加上反身代词才能使用，这类动词称作反身动词。在葡语词典上，如果一个动词的后面有-se，或者词类是vp，那么这个动词就是反身动词。例如：<br />sentar-se（坐下）<br />levantar-se（站立）</p><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">Eu sento-me, e ele levanta-se.［我坐下了，而他站起来了。］</li><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">在葡语中，一个动词是否加上反身代词，意思往往是不同的。以levantar为例，如果加上反身代词，意思是＂站立＂，如果不加上反身代词，意思是＂举起＂。</p><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">Ele levanta as m&#227;os.［他举起两只手。］</li><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; color: red; ">5.13 谷歌翻译的英葡互译功能</p><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">谷歌翻译（<a href="http://translate.google.com/" style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; color: blue; text-decoration: none; ">translate.google.com</a>）能够进行汉葡互译和英葡互译。遗憾的是，汉葡互译的译文很不准确，无法使用，而英葡互译的译文比较准确，可以使用。例如输入下列英语原文：</p><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">I go to school by bus every morning.［我每天早上坐公交车上学。］</li><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">谷歌翻译提供的葡语译文是：</p><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">Eu vou &#224; escola de &#244;nibus todas as manh&#227;s.［我每天早上坐公交车上学。］</li><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; color: red; ">5.14 本课词汇表</p><div style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; "><table style="border-collapse: collapse; margin-top: auto; margin-right: auto; margin-bottom: auto; margin-left: auto; "><tbody><tr><td style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; border-top-width: 1px; border-right-width: 1px; border-bottom-width: 1px; border-left-width: 1px; border-top-style: solid; border-right-style: solid; border-bottom-style: solid; border-left-style: solid; border-top-color: gray; border-right-color: gray; border-bottom-color: gray; border-left-color: gray; padding-top: 3px; padding-right: 3px; padding-bottom: 3px; padding-left: 3px; vertical-align: top; width: 551px; ">abril [abr'iu] (m) 4月<br />agosto [ag'ostu] (m) 8月<br />alimento [alim'entu] (m) 食物<br />at&#233; [at'e] (prep) 到<br />banho [b'anju] (m) 洗澡<br />boi [boi] (m) 公牛<br />caf&#233; [kaf'e] (m) 咖啡<br />carne [k'arni] (f) 肉<br />com [kon] (prep) 和..一起，有<br />desde [d'esdʒi] (prep) 从<br />dezembro [dez'enbru] (m) 12月<br />ducent&#233;simo [dusent'ezimu] (num) 第200<br />duzentos [duz'entus] (num) 200<br />enganado [engan'adu] (a) 弄错的<br />escalar [eskal'ar] (vt) 攀登<br />fevereiro [fever'eiru] (m) 2月<br />filme [f'iumi] (m) 电影<br />gaveta [gav'eta] (f) 抽屉<br />igual [igw'au] (a) 相等的<br />irm&#227;o [irm'aŋ] (m) 兄弟<br />janeiro [ʒan'eiru] (m) 1月<br />julho [ʒ'ulju] (m) 7月<br />junho [ʒ'unju] (m) 6月<br />l&#225; [la] (ad) 那里<br />leite [l'eitʃi] (m) 牛奶<br />levantar [levant'ar] (vp) 站立 (vt) 举起<br />Macau [mak'au] (n) 澳门（中国）<br />maio [m'aju] (m) 5月<br />mais [mais] (m) 加号<br />manh&#227; [manj'an] (f) 早晨<br />m&#227;o [maŋ] (f) 手<br />mar&#231;o [m'arsu] (m) 3月<br />me [mi] (p) 我自己<br />melhor [melj'or] (a) 更好的<br />mesa [m'eza] (f) 桌子<br />mesmo [m'esmu] (a) 同一个，自己的<br />montanha [mont'anja] (f) 山<br />morrer [mor'er] (vi) 死亡<br />nem [nen] (c) 也不<br /></td><td style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; border-top-width: 1px; border-right-width: 1px; border-bottom-width: 1px; border-left-width: 1px; border-top-style: solid; border-right-style: solid; border-bottom-style: solid; border-left-style: solid; border-top-color: gray; border-right-color: gray; border-bottom-color: gray; border-left-color: gray; padding-top: 3px; padding-right: 3px; padding-bottom: 3px; padding-left: 3px; vertical-align: top; width: 551px; ">nongent&#233;simo [nonʒent'ezimu] (num) 第900<br />nos [nus] (p) 我们自己<br />novecentos [noves'entus] (num) 900<br />novembro [nov'enbru] (m) 11月<br />nunca [n'unka] (ad) 从不<br />octingent&#233;simo [oktʃinʒent'ezimu] (num) 第800<br />oitocentos [oitos'entus] (num) 800<br />ontem ['onten] (ad) 昨天<br />ou [ou] (c) 或者<br />outubro [out'ubru] (m) 10月<br />pai [pai] (m) 父亲<br />peixe [p'eiʃi] (m) 鱼<br />picante [pik'antʃi] (a) 辛辣的<br />poder [pod'er] (vi|vt) 能够<br />preferir [prefer'ir] (vi|vt) 更喜欢<br />pr&#243;prio [pr'opriu] (a) 自己的<br />quadringent&#233;simo [kwadrinʒent'ezimu] (num) 第400<br />qualquer, quaisquer [kwauk'er, kwaisk'er] (p) 任何一个，任何一些<br />quatrocentos [kwatros'entus] (num) 400<br />q&#252;ingent&#233;simo [kwinʒent'ezimu] (num) 第500<br />quinhentos [kinj'entus] (num) 500<br />se [si] (p) 你自己，他自己，她自己，它自己，你们自己，他们自己，她们自己，它们自己<br />seiscentos [seis'entus] (num) 600<br />sem [sen] (prep) 没有<br />sentar [sent'ar] (vp) 坐<br />setecentos [setes'entus] (num) 700<br />setembro [set'enbru] (m) 9月<br />setingent&#233;simo [setʃinʒent'ezimu] (num) 第700<br />sexcent&#233;simo [seksent'ezimu] (num) 第600<br />te [tʃi] (p) 你自己<br />trabalho [trab'alju] (m) 工作<br />trecent&#233;simo [tresent'ezimu] (num) 第300<br />trezentos [trez'entus] (num) 300<br />universidade [universid'adʒi] (f) 大学<br />vaca [v'aga] (f) 母牛<br />vinho [v'inju] (m) 葡萄酒<br />viver [viv'er] (vi) 生活<br />vos [vus] (p) 你们自己<br />x&#237;cara [ʃ'ikarə] (f) 小茶杯<br /></td></tr></tbody></table></div><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; text-align: center; ">&nbsp;</p></span></div><img src ="http://www.blogjava.net/jjshcc/aggbug/403452.html" width = "1" height = "1" /><br><br><div align=right><a style="text-decoration:none;" href="http://www.blogjava.net/jjshcc/" target="_blank">Eric_jiang</a> 2013-08-29 17:34 <a href="http://www.blogjava.net/jjshcc/archive/2013/08/29/403452.html#Feedback" target="_blank" style="text-decoration:none;">发表评论</a></div>]]></description></item><item><title>葡语十日入门-第4课</title><link>http://www.blogjava.net/jjshcc/archive/2013/08/29/403451.html</link><dc:creator>Eric_jiang</dc:creator><author>Eric_jiang</author><pubDate>Thu, 29 Aug 2013 09:25:00 GMT</pubDate><guid>http://www.blogjava.net/jjshcc/archive/2013/08/29/403451.html</guid><wfw:comment>http://www.blogjava.net/jjshcc/comments/403451.html</wfw:comment><comments>http://www.blogjava.net/jjshcc/archive/2013/08/29/403451.html#Feedback</comments><slash:comments>0</slash:comments><wfw:commentRss>http://www.blogjava.net/jjshcc/comments/commentRss/403451.html</wfw:commentRss><trackback:ping>http://www.blogjava.net/jjshcc/services/trackbacks/403451.html</trackback:ping><description><![CDATA[<div><span style="font-family: 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; "><div><div style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; "><table style="border-collapse: collapse; margin-top: auto; margin-right: auto; margin-bottom: auto; margin-left: auto; "><tbody><tr><td style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; border-top-width: 1px; border-right-width: 1px; border-bottom-width: 1px; border-left-width: 1px; border-top-style: solid; border-right-style: solid; border-bottom-style: solid; border-left-style: solid; border-top-color: gray; border-right-color: gray; border-bottom-color: gray; border-left-color: gray; padding-top: 3px; padding-right: 3px; padding-bottom: 3px; padding-left: 3px; "><center>第4课</center><br />4.1 31至100的基数词和序数词<br />4.2 时间的基本表示方法<br />4.3 时间的其他表示方法<br />4.4 星期几<br />4.5 以疑问词开头的疑问句<br />4.6 词组o que/&#233; que<br />4.7 物主代词<br />4.8 副词acima/abaixo等<br />4.9 代词nenhum/ningu&#233;m/nada<br />4.10 动词的过去未完成时<br />4.11 介词por<br />4.12 动词obter<br />4.13 查询动词变位的网站<br />4.14 本课词汇表<br /></td></tr></tbody></table></div><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; color: red; ">4.1 31至100的基数词和序数词</p><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">trinta e um（31）-- trig&#233;simo primeiro（第31）<br />quarenta（40）-- quadrag&#233;simo（第40）<br />cinq&#252;enta（50）-- q&#252;inquag&#233;simo（第50）<br />sessenta（60）-- sexag&#233;simo（第60）<br />setenta（70）-- septuag&#233;simo（第70）<br />oitenta（80）-- octog&#233;simo（第80）<br />noventa（90）-- nonag&#233;simo（第90）<br />cem/cento（100）-- cent&#233;simo（第100）</p><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">100有两个基数词，如果数量等于100则使用cem，例如cem metros（100米）；如果数量大于100则使用cento，例如cento e tr&#234;s metros（103米）。</p><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; color: red; ">4.2 时间的基本表示方法</p><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">在葡语中，询问时间通常说：</p><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">Que horas s&#227;o?［现在几点了？］</li><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">&#9312; 整点的表示法：</p><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">&#201; uma hora.［现在1点。hora不能省略］</li><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">S&#227;o duas (horas).［现在2点。horas通常省略］</li><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">&#9313; 几点过几分的表示法：</p><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">S&#227;o quatro e cinco.［现在4点5分。］</li><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">S&#227;o quatro e vinte e cinco.［现在4点25分。］</li><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">&#9314; 几点差几分的表示法：</p><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">S&#227;o quatro menos cinco.［现在4点差5分。4在前，5在后，葡葡］</li><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">S&#227;o cinco para as quatro.［现在4点差5分。5在前，4在后，巴葡］</li><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">如果句子中提到时间，应当使用介词a。例如：</p><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">O avi&#227;o chegar&#225; &#224;s oito.［飞机将于8点到达。］</li><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; color: red; ">4.3 时间的其他表示方法</p><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">&#9312; 在葡语中，15分钟也可以用um quarto（四分之一）表示，30分钟也可以用meia（二分之一）表示。例如：</p><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">S&#227;o sete e um quarto.［现在7点15分。］</li><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">S&#227;o sete e meia.［现在7点30分。］</li><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">&#9313; 中午12点也可以用meio-dia表示，半夜12点也可以用meia-noite表示。例如：</p><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">&#201; meio-dia e vinte.［现在是中午12点20分。］</li><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">&#201; meia-noite e vinte.［现在是半夜12点20分。］</li><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">&#9314; 此外还可以使用24小时制表示时间。例如：</p><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">S&#227;o quatorze e vinte e cinco.［现在14点25分。］</li><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; color: red; ">4.4 星期几</p><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">下面是一周七天的名称：<br />segunda-feira（星期一）<br />ter&#231;a-feira（星期二）<br />quarta-feira（星期三）<br />quinta-feira（星期四）<br />sexta-feira（星期五）<br />s&#225;bado（星期六）<br />domingo（星期日）</p><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">由于宗教原因，葡语将星期日当作一周的第一天，所以segunda-feira（星期一）的原意是第二天。</p><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">Que dia &#233; hoje?［今天是几号？］</li><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">Hoje &#233; 25.［今天是25号。］</li><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; "></p><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">Que dia da semana &#233; hoje?［今天是星期几？］</li><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">Hoje &#233; quarta-feira.［今天是星期三。］</li><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; "></p><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">如果句子中提到星期几，应当使用介词em。例如：</p><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">Ele vai visitar Paris na quinta-feira, e Londres na sexta-feira.［他将在星期四访问巴黎，星期五访问伦敦。］</li><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; color: red; ">4.5 以疑问词开头的疑问句</p><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">葡语中有一组疑问词，例如代词que（什么）、副词como（怎样）等。将这些疑问词放在句子最前面，可以构成疑问句。</p><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">&#9312; 代词que（什么）：没有性和数。</p><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">Que voc&#234; est&#225; lendo?［你在读什么？］</li><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">Eu estou lendo o jornal de hoje.［我在读今天的报纸。］</li><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">&#9313; 代词quem（谁）：没有性和数。</p><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">Quem voc&#234; espera?［你在等谁？］</li><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">Eu espero por ela.［我在等她。］</li><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">esperar por是一个词组，意思是＂等待＂。</p><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">&#9314; 代词qual（哪个）：没有性，但有数，复数是quais（哪些）。</p><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">Qual &#233; o seu livro?［哪本是你的书？］</li><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">Esse &#233; o meu livro.［那本是我的书。］</li><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">&#9315; 代词quanto（多少）：有性和数（quanto/quanta/quantos/quantas）。</p><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">Quanto dinheiro voc&#234; tem?［你有多少钱？］</li><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">Eu tenho 100 d&#243;lares.［我有100美元。］</li><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">&#9316; 副词como（怎样）</p><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">Como voc&#234; vai &#224; escola?［你怎样去学校？］</li><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">Eu vou &#224; escola de &#244;nibus.［我坐公交车去学校。］</li><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">&#9317; 副词onde（哪里）</p><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">Onde est&#225; ele?［他在哪里？］</li><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">Ele est&#225; na biblioteca.［他在图书馆。］</li><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">&#9318; 副词quando（什么时候）</p><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">Quando voc&#234; vai para a cama?［你什么时候上床睡觉？］</li><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">Eu vou para a cama &#224;s 10 da noite.［我晚上十点钟上床睡觉。］</li><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">&#9319; 副词porque（为什么）</p><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">Porque voc&#234; chora?［你为什么哭？］</li><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">A minha m&#227;e est&#225; muito doente.［我妈妈病得很厉害。］</li><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">porque是葡葡写法，巴葡写法是por que。</p><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; color: red; ">4.6 词组o que/&#233; que</p><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">&#9312; 代词que如果单独使用，不修饰名词，可以用o que代替que。例如：</p><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">O que voc&#234; est&#225; lendo?［你在读什么？］</li><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">如果修饰名词，则不可以代替。例如：</p><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">Que livro voc&#234; est&#225; lendo?［你在读什么书？］</li><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">&#9313; 前面刚刚介绍了一组疑问词。这组疑问词如果单独使用，不修饰名词，可以在它们后面加上&#233; que，表示强调，根据具体情况，译成＂究竟、到底＂等。例如：</p><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">O que &#233; que voc&#234; est&#225; lendo?［你究竟在读什么？你到底在读什么？］</li><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; color: red; ">4.7 物主代词</p><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">下面是葡语的六对物主代词，前面的是阳性单数形式，后面的是阴性单数形式。在单数形式后面加上s，可以变成复数形式。<br />meu/minha（我的）<br />teu/tua（你的）<br />seu/sua（你的，他的，她的，它的）<br />nosso/nossa（我们的）<br />vosso/vossa（你们的）<br />seu/sua（你们的，他们的，她们的，它们的）</p><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">Esta &#233; a minha caneta.［这是我的笔。］</li><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">Estas s&#227;o as minhas canetas.［这些是我的笔。］</li><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">seu/sua这对物主代词竟然有八个意思，在谈话时很容易搞混。为避免误解，可以使用下列说法：</p><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">Esta &#233; a caneta dele.［这是他的笔。］</li><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">Esta &#233; a caneta dela.［这是她的笔。］</li><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">物主代词前面可以有定冠词（葡葡），例如a minha caneta，也可以没有定冠词（巴葡），例如minha caneta。</p><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; color: red; ">4.8 副词acima/abaixo等</p><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">葡语中有三对以字母a开头、表示相反方向的副词，它们是：<br />&#9312; acima（在上面）-- abaixo（在下面）<br />&#9313; adiante（在前面）-- atr&#225;s（在后面）<br />&#9314; adentro（在里面）-- afora（在外面）</p><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">O Pedro vai acima, e a Maria abaixo.［佩德罗向上走，玛丽亚向下走。］</li><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">O Pedro vai adiante, e a Maria atr&#225;s.［佩德罗走在前，玛丽亚走在后。］</li><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">O Pedro vai adentro, e a Maria afora.［佩德罗往里走，玛丽亚往外走。］</li><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; color: red; ">4.9 代词nenhum/ningu&#233;m/nada</p><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">&#9312; nenhum是algum的反义词，意思是＂没有一个＂或＂没有一些＂，有性和数。<br />nenhum（没有一个）-- nenhuma（没有一个）-- nenhuns（没有一些）-- nenhumas（没有一些）</p><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">Nenhum pa&#237;s &#233; perfeito.［没有一个国家是完美的。］</li><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">&#9313; ningu&#233;m是algu&#233;m的反义词，意思是＂没有一个人＂，相当于nenhuma pessoa，没有性和数。</p><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">Algu&#233;m v&#234; o Pedro?［有人看见佩德罗吗？］</li><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">N&#227;o, ningu&#233;m v&#234; o Pedro.［没有，没有人看见佩德罗。］</li><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">&#9314; nada是algo的反义词，意思是＂没有一事＂或＂没有一物＂，相当于nenhuma coisa，没有性和数。</p><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">Nada aconteceu.［没有发生任何事情。］</li><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">请特别注意：nenhum/ningu&#233;m/nada虽然表示否定的意思，但如果位于动词的后面，动词的前面仍然要使用n&#227;o。例如：</p><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">Eu n&#227;o tenho nenhum problema.［我没有任何问题。］</li><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">Eu n&#227;o vejo ningu&#233;m.［我没有看到任何人。］</li><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">Eu n&#227;o quero comer nada.［我不想吃任何东西。］</li><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">vejo和v&#234;是动词ver（看见）的现在时变位（vejo/v&#234;s/v&#234;/[vemos]/vedes/veem），aconteceu是动词acontecer（发生）的过去完成时变位。</p><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; color: red; ">4.10 动词的过去未完成时</p><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">过去未完成时表示过去发生的动作，并且动作尚未完成，例如我昨天去登山（今天仍然在山上）。</p><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">第一变位动词：去掉词尾ar，分别加上ava/avas/ava/&#225;vamos/&#225;veis/avam。以动词cantar为例：<br />cantava -- cantavas -- cantava -- cant&#225;vamos -- cant&#225;veis -- cantavam</p><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">第二、第三变位动词：去掉词尾er、ir，分别加上ia/ias/ia/&#237;amos/&#237;eis/iam。以动词comer为例：<br />comia -- comias -- comia -- com&#237;amos -- com&#237;eis -- comiam</p><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">常用不规则动词的过去未完成时变位：<br />sair：sa&#237;a -- sa&#237;as -- sa&#237;a -- [sa&#237;amos] -- [sa&#237;eis] -- sa&#237;am<br />ser：era -- eras -- era -- &#233;ramos -- &#233;reis -- eram<br />ter：tinha -- tinhas -- tinha -- t&#237;nhamos -- t&#237;nheis -- tinham<br />vir：vinha -- vinhas -- vinha -- v&#237;nhamos -- v&#237;nheis -- vinham</p><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">Eu almo&#231;ava quando ele chegou.［他到来的时候，我正在吃午饭。］</li><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">almo&#231;ava是almo&#231;ar的过去未完成时变位，表示我还没有吃完午饭，动作尚未完成。chegou是chegar的过去完成时变位，表示他已经到来，动作已经完成。</p><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; color: red; ">4.11 介词por</p><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">por有许多意思，基本意思有三个：一是＂被＂（第7课学习），二是＂经过＂，三是＂为了＂。</p><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">por与定冠词在一起时，两者必须缩合。<br />por ＋ o ＝ pelo<br />por ＋ a ＝ pela<br />por ＋ os ＝ pelos<br />por ＋ as ＝ pelas</p><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">N&#243;s andamos pela pra&#231;a.［我们走过广场。］</li><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">N&#243;s lutamos por liberdade.［我们为自由而战。］</li><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; color: red; ">4.12 动词obter</p><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">动词obter（获得）以ter结尾，它的变位与动词ter（有）非常相似。以现在时变位为例：<br />ter：tenho -- tens -- tem -- [temos] -- tendes -- t&#234;m<br />obter：obtenho -- obt&#233;ns -- obt&#233;m -- [obtemos] -- obtendes -- obt&#234;m</p><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">Ele obt&#233;m o grau de doutor.［他获得博士学位。］</li><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">在葡语中有一批动词是以ter结尾的，例如conter/deter，这批动词都像obter那样变位。</p><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; color: red; ">4.13 查询动词变位的网站</p><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">葡语的最大特点是动词变位非常复杂。建议读者将葡语词典上的动词变位表复印下来，装订成一个小薄册子，随身携带，随时查询。此外，网上也有一些查询动词变位的网站。例如：<br /><a href="http://www.conjuga-me.net/" style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; color: blue; text-decoration: none; ">www.conjuga-me.net</a></p><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">在这些网站上，输入一个动词，例如fazer，即可显示这个动词的所有时态的所有变位。</p><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; color: red; ">4.14 本课词汇表</p><div style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; "><table style="border-collapse: collapse; margin-top: auto; margin-right: auto; margin-bottom: auto; margin-left: auto; "><tbody><tr><td style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; border-top-width: 1px; border-right-width: 1px; border-bottom-width: 1px; border-left-width: 1px; border-top-style: solid; border-right-style: solid; border-bottom-style: solid; border-left-style: solid; border-top-color: gray; border-right-color: gray; border-bottom-color: gray; border-left-color: gray; padding-top: 3px; padding-right: 3px; padding-bottom: 3px; padding-left: 3px; vertical-align: top; width: 551px; ">abaixo [ab'aiʃu] (ad) 在下面<br />acima [as'ima] (ad) 在上面<br />acontecer [akontes'er] (vi) 发生<br />adentro [ad'entru] (ad) 在里面<br />adiante [adʒi'antʃi] (ad) 在前面<br />afora [af'ora] (ad) 在外面<br />almo&#231;ar [aumos'ar] (vi) 吃午饭<br />andar [and'ar] (vi|vt) 走<br />atr&#225;s [atr'as] (ad) 在后面<br />avi&#227;o [avi'aŋ] (m) 飞机<br />biblioteca [bibliot'eka] (f) 图书馆<br />cama [k'ama] (f) 床<br />caneta [kan'eta] (f) 笔<br />cem, cento [sen, s'entu] (num) 100<br />cent&#233;simo [sent'ezimu] (num) 第100<br />chegar [ʃeg'ar] (vi) 到达<br />chorar [ʃor'ar] (vi|vp|vt) 哭泣<br />cinq&#252;enta [sinkw'enta] (num) 50<br />como [k'omu] (ad) 怎样<br />dinheiro [dʒinj'eiru] (m) 货币<br />doente [do'entʃi] (a) 有病的<br />d&#243;lar [d'olar] (m) 美元<br />domingo [dom'ingu] (m) 星期日<br />doutor [dout'or] (m) 博士<br />escola [esk'ola] (f) 学校<br />esperar [esper'ar] (vi|vt) 等待<br />esse, essa, esses, essas ['esi, 'esa, 'esis, 'esas] (p) 那个，那些<br />este, esta, estes, estas ['estʃi, 'esta, 'estʃis, 'estas] (p) 这个，这些<br />grau [grau] (m) 学位<br />hora ['ora] (f) 小时<br />jornal [ʒorn'au] (m) 报纸<br />ler [ler] (vi|vt) 读<br />liberdade [liberd'adʒi] (f) 自由<br />livro [l'ivru] (m) 书<br />Londres [l'ondris] (n) 伦敦（英国首都）<br />lutar [lut'ar] (vi) 战斗<br />m&#227;e [man-i] (f) 母亲<br />meia-noite [m'eja-n'oitʃi] (f) 半夜<br />meio [m'eju] (a) 一半的<br />meio-dia [m'eju-dʒ'ia] (m) 中午<br />menos [m'enus] (m) 减号<br />metro [m'etru] (m) 米<br />nada [n'ada] (p) 没有一事，没有一物<br /></td><td style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; border-top-width: 1px; border-right-width: 1px; border-bottom-width: 1px; border-left-width: 1px; border-top-style: solid; border-right-style: solid; border-bottom-style: solid; border-left-style: solid; border-top-color: gray; border-right-color: gray; border-bottom-color: gray; border-left-color: gray; padding-top: 3px; padding-right: 3px; padding-bottom: 3px; padding-left: 3px; vertical-align: top; width: 551px; ">nenhum, nenhuma, nenhuns, nenhumas [nenj'un, nenj'uma, nenj'uns, nenj'umas] (p) 没有一个，没有一些<br />ningu&#233;m [ning'en] (p) 没有一个人<br />noite [n'oitʃi] (f) 晚上<br />nonag&#233;simo [nonaʒ'ezimu] (num) 第90<br />nosso, nossa [n'osu, n'osa] (p) 我们的<br />noventa [nov'enta] (num) 90<br />obter [obt'er] (vt) 获得<br />octog&#233;simo [oktoʒ'ezimu] (num) 第80<br />oitenta [oit'enta] (num) 80<br />onde ['ondʒi] (ad) 哪里<br />&#244;nibus ['onibus] (m) 公共汽车<br />pa&#237;s [pa'is] (m) 国家<br />Paris [par'is] (n) 巴黎（法国首都）<br />perfeito [perf'eitu] (a) 完美的<br />por [pur] (prep) 被，经过，为了<br />porque [pur k'i] (c) 为什么<br />pra&#231;a [pr'asa] (f) 广场<br />problema [probl'ema] (m) 问题<br />quadrag&#233;simo [kwadraʒ'ezimu] (num) 第40<br />qual, quais [kwau, kwais] (p) 哪个，哪些<br />quando [kw'andu] (ad) 什么时候 (c) 在..时候<br />quanto [kw'antu] (p) 多少<br />quarenta [kwar'enta] (num) 40<br />quarta-feira [kw'arta-f'eira] (f) 星期三<br />quarto [kw'artu] (m) 四分之一<br />que [ki] (p) 什么<br />quem [ken] (p) 谁<br />q&#252;inquag&#233;simo [kwinkwaʒ'ezimu] (num) 第50<br />quinta-feira [k'inta-f'eira] (f) 星期四<br />s&#225;bado [s'abadu] (m) 星期六<br />segunda-feira [seg'unda-f'eira] (f) 星期一<br />semana [sem'ana] (f) 星期<br />septuag&#233;simo [septuaʒ'ezimu] (num) 第70<br />sessenta [ses'enta] (num) 60<br />setenta [set'enta] (num) 70<br />seu, sua [seu, s'ua] (p) 你的，他的，她的，它的，你们的，他们的，她们的，它们的<br />sexag&#233;simo [seksaʒ'ezimu] (num) 第60<br />sexta-feira [s'esta-f'eira] (f) 星期五<br />ter&#231;a-feira [t'ersa-f'eira] (f) 星期二<br />teu, tua [teu, t'ua] (p) 你的<br />ver [ver] (vp|vt) 看见<br />visitar [vizit'ar] (vt) 访问<br />vosso, vossa [v'osu, v'osa] (p) 你们的<br /></td></tr></tbody></table></div><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; text-align: center; ">&nbsp;</p></div></span></div><img src ="http://www.blogjava.net/jjshcc/aggbug/403451.html" width = "1" height = "1" /><br><br><div align=right><a style="text-decoration:none;" href="http://www.blogjava.net/jjshcc/" target="_blank">Eric_jiang</a> 2013-08-29 17:25 <a href="http://www.blogjava.net/jjshcc/archive/2013/08/29/403451.html#Feedback" target="_blank" style="text-decoration:none;">发表评论</a></div>]]></description></item><item><title>葡语十日入门-第3课</title><link>http://www.blogjava.net/jjshcc/archive/2013/08/29/403449.html</link><dc:creator>Eric_jiang</dc:creator><author>Eric_jiang</author><pubDate>Thu, 29 Aug 2013 09:01:00 GMT</pubDate><guid>http://www.blogjava.net/jjshcc/archive/2013/08/29/403449.html</guid><wfw:comment>http://www.blogjava.net/jjshcc/comments/403449.html</wfw:comment><comments>http://www.blogjava.net/jjshcc/archive/2013/08/29/403449.html#Feedback</comments><slash:comments>0</slash:comments><wfw:commentRss>http://www.blogjava.net/jjshcc/comments/commentRss/403449.html</wfw:commentRss><trackback:ping>http://www.blogjava.net/jjshcc/services/trackbacks/403449.html</trackback:ping><description><![CDATA[<div><span style="font-family: 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; "><div style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; "><table style="border-collapse: collapse; margin-top: auto; margin-right: auto; margin-bottom: auto; margin-left: auto; "><tbody><tr><td style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; border-top-width: 1px; border-right-width: 1px; border-bottom-width: 1px; border-left-width: 1px; border-top-style: solid; border-right-style: solid; border-bottom-style: solid; border-left-style: solid; border-top-color: gray; border-right-color: gray; border-bottom-color: gray; border-left-color: gray; padding-top: 3px; padding-right: 3px; padding-bottom: 3px; padding-left: 3px; "><center>第3课</center><br />3.1 带有轻微鼻音的二合元音<br />3.2 表示疑问的短语<br />3.3 五种常见的变性方法<br />3.4 形容词bom/mau<br />3.5 将形容词变成副词<br />3.6 代词voc&#234;/voc&#234;s<br />3.7 名词senhor/senhora<br />3.8 介词与代词的缩合<br />3.9 动词词组<br />3.10 动词的将来时<br />3.11 代词algum/algu&#233;m/algo<br />3.12 动词dar/dizer/fazer/trazer<br />3.13 去掉重音符号<br />3.14 在线收听葡语新闻<br />3.15 本课词汇表<br /></td></tr></tbody></table></div><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; color: red; ">3.1 带有轻微鼻音的二合元音</p><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">下表中的字母组合也是二合元音，带有轻微的鼻音。</p><div style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; "><table style="border-collapse: collapse; margin-top: auto; margin-right: auto; margin-bottom: auto; margin-left: auto; "><tbody><tr><td style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; border-top-width: 1px; border-right-width: 1px; border-bottom-width: 1px; border-left-width: 1px; border-top-style: solid; border-right-style: solid; border-bottom-style: solid; border-left-style: solid; border-top-color: gray; border-right-color: gray; border-bottom-color: gray; border-left-color: gray; padding-top: 3px; padding-right: 3px; padding-bottom: 3px; padding-left: 3px; text-align: center; ">二合元音</td><td style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; border-top-width: 1px; border-right-width: 1px; border-bottom-width: 1px; border-left-width: 1px; border-top-style: solid; border-right-style: solid; border-bottom-style: solid; border-left-style: solid; border-top-color: gray; border-right-color: gray; border-bottom-color: gray; border-left-color: gray; padding-top: 3px; padding-right: 3px; padding-bottom: 3px; padding-left: 3px; text-align: center; ">发音</td><td style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; border-top-width: 1px; border-right-width: 1px; border-bottom-width: 1px; border-left-width: 1px; border-top-style: solid; border-right-style: solid; border-bottom-style: solid; border-left-style: solid; border-top-color: gray; border-right-color: gray; border-bottom-color: gray; border-left-color: gray; padding-top: 3px; padding-right: 3px; padding-bottom: 3px; padding-left: 3px; text-align: center; ">例词</td></tr><tr><td style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; border-top-width: 1px; border-right-width: 1px; border-bottom-width: 1px; border-left-width: 1px; border-top-style: solid; border-right-style: solid; border-bottom-style: solid; border-left-style: solid; border-top-color: gray; border-right-color: gray; border-bottom-color: gray; border-left-color: gray; padding-top: 3px; padding-right: 3px; padding-bottom: 3px; padding-left: 3px; ">am/an</td><td style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; border-top-width: 1px; border-right-width: 1px; border-bottom-width: 1px; border-left-width: 1px; border-top-style: solid; border-right-style: solid; border-bottom-style: solid; border-left-style: solid; border-top-color: gray; border-right-color: gray; border-bottom-color: gray; border-left-color: gray; padding-top: 3px; padding-right: 3px; padding-bottom: 3px; padding-left: 3px; ">[an]</td><td style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; border-top-width: 1px; border-right-width: 1px; border-bottom-width: 1px; border-left-width: 1px; border-top-style: solid; border-right-style: solid; border-bottom-style: solid; border-left-style: solid; border-top-color: gray; border-right-color: gray; border-bottom-color: gray; border-left-color: gray; padding-top: 3px; padding-right: 3px; padding-bottom: 3px; padding-left: 3px; ">tampa [t'anpa]</td></tr><tr><td style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; border-top-width: 1px; border-right-width: 1px; border-bottom-width: 1px; border-left-width: 1px; border-top-style: solid; border-right-style: solid; border-bottom-style: solid; border-left-style: solid; border-top-color: gray; border-right-color: gray; border-bottom-color: gray; border-left-color: gray; padding-top: 3px; padding-right: 3px; padding-bottom: 3px; padding-left: 3px; ">em/en</td><td style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; border-top-width: 1px; border-right-width: 1px; border-bottom-width: 1px; border-left-width: 1px; border-top-style: solid; border-right-style: solid; border-bottom-style: solid; border-left-style: solid; border-top-color: gray; border-right-color: gray; border-bottom-color: gray; border-left-color: gray; padding-top: 3px; padding-right: 3px; padding-bottom: 3px; padding-left: 3px; ">[en]</td><td style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; border-top-width: 1px; border-right-width: 1px; border-bottom-width: 1px; border-left-width: 1px; border-top-style: solid; border-right-style: solid; border-bottom-style: solid; border-left-style: solid; border-top-color: gray; border-right-color: gray; border-bottom-color: gray; border-left-color: gray; padding-top: 3px; padding-right: 3px; padding-bottom: 3px; padding-left: 3px; ">tempo [t'enpu]</td></tr><tr><td style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; border-top-width: 1px; border-right-width: 1px; border-bottom-width: 1px; border-left-width: 1px; border-top-style: solid; border-right-style: solid; border-bottom-style: solid; border-left-style: solid; border-top-color: gray; border-right-color: gray; border-bottom-color: gray; border-left-color: gray; padding-top: 3px; padding-right: 3px; padding-bottom: 3px; padding-left: 3px; ">im/in</td><td style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; border-top-width: 1px; border-right-width: 1px; border-bottom-width: 1px; border-left-width: 1px; border-top-style: solid; border-right-style: solid; border-bottom-style: solid; border-left-style: solid; border-top-color: gray; border-right-color: gray; border-bottom-color: gray; border-left-color: gray; padding-top: 3px; padding-right: 3px; padding-bottom: 3px; padding-left: 3px; ">[in]</td><td style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; border-top-width: 1px; border-right-width: 1px; border-bottom-width: 1px; border-left-width: 1px; border-top-style: solid; border-right-style: solid; border-bottom-style: solid; border-left-style: solid; border-top-color: gray; border-right-color: gray; border-bottom-color: gray; border-left-color: gray; padding-top: 3px; padding-right: 3px; padding-bottom: 3px; padding-left: 3px; ">limpo [l'inpu]</td></tr><tr><td style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; border-top-width: 1px; border-right-width: 1px; border-bottom-width: 1px; border-left-width: 1px; border-top-style: solid; border-right-style: solid; border-bottom-style: solid; border-left-style: solid; border-top-color: gray; border-right-color: gray; border-bottom-color: gray; border-left-color: gray; padding-top: 3px; padding-right: 3px; padding-bottom: 3px; padding-left: 3px; ">om/on</td><td style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; border-top-width: 1px; border-right-width: 1px; border-bottom-width: 1px; border-left-width: 1px; border-top-style: solid; border-right-style: solid; border-bottom-style: solid; border-left-style: solid; border-top-color: gray; border-right-color: gray; border-bottom-color: gray; border-left-color: gray; padding-top: 3px; padding-right: 3px; padding-bottom: 3px; padding-left: 3px; ">[on]（备注&#9312;）</td><td style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; border-top-width: 1px; border-right-width: 1px; border-bottom-width: 1px; border-left-width: 1px; border-top-style: solid; border-right-style: solid; border-bottom-style: solid; border-left-style: solid; border-top-color: gray; border-right-color: gray; border-bottom-color: gray; border-left-color: gray; padding-top: 3px; padding-right: 3px; padding-bottom: 3px; padding-left: 3px; ">pomba [p'onba]</td></tr><tr><td style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; border-top-width: 1px; border-right-width: 1px; border-bottom-width: 1px; border-left-width: 1px; border-top-style: solid; border-right-style: solid; border-bottom-style: solid; border-left-style: solid; border-top-color: gray; border-right-color: gray; border-bottom-color: gray; border-left-color: gray; padding-top: 3px; padding-right: 3px; padding-bottom: 3px; padding-left: 3px; ">um/un</td><td style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; border-top-width: 1px; border-right-width: 1px; border-bottom-width: 1px; border-left-width: 1px; border-top-style: solid; border-right-style: solid; border-bottom-style: solid; border-left-style: solid; border-top-color: gray; border-right-color: gray; border-bottom-color: gray; border-left-color: gray; padding-top: 3px; padding-right: 3px; padding-bottom: 3px; padding-left: 3px; ">[un]（备注&#9312;）</td><td style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; border-top-width: 1px; border-right-width: 1px; border-bottom-width: 1px; border-left-width: 1px; border-top-style: solid; border-right-style: solid; border-bottom-style: solid; border-left-style: solid; border-top-color: gray; border-right-color: gray; border-bottom-color: gray; border-left-color: gray; padding-top: 3px; padding-right: 3px; padding-bottom: 3px; padding-left: 3px; ">comum [kom'un]</td></tr><tr><td style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; border-top-width: 1px; border-right-width: 1px; border-bottom-width: 1px; border-left-width: 1px; border-top-style: solid; border-right-style: solid; border-bottom-style: solid; border-left-style: solid; border-top-color: gray; border-right-color: gray; border-bottom-color: gray; border-left-color: gray; padding-top: 3px; padding-right: 3px; padding-bottom: 3px; padding-left: 3px; ">&#227;</td><td style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; border-top-width: 1px; border-right-width: 1px; border-bottom-width: 1px; border-left-width: 1px; border-top-style: solid; border-right-style: solid; border-bottom-style: solid; border-left-style: solid; border-top-color: gray; border-right-color: gray; border-bottom-color: gray; border-left-color: gray; padding-top: 3px; padding-right: 3px; padding-bottom: 3px; padding-left: 3px; ">[an]</td><td style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; border-top-width: 1px; border-right-width: 1px; border-bottom-width: 1px; border-left-width: 1px; border-top-style: solid; border-right-style: solid; border-bottom-style: solid; border-left-style: solid; border-top-color: gray; border-right-color: gray; border-bottom-color: gray; border-left-color: gray; padding-top: 3px; padding-right: 3px; padding-bottom: 3px; padding-left: 3px; ">ma&#231;&#227; [mas'an]</td></tr><tr><td style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; border-top-width: 1px; border-right-width: 1px; border-bottom-width: 1px; border-left-width: 1px; border-top-style: solid; border-right-style: solid; border-bottom-style: solid; border-left-style: solid; border-top-color: gray; border-right-color: gray; border-bottom-color: gray; border-left-color: gray; padding-top: 3px; padding-right: 3px; padding-bottom: 3px; padding-left: 3px; ">&#227;e</td><td style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; border-top-width: 1px; border-right-width: 1px; border-bottom-width: 1px; border-left-width: 1px; border-top-style: solid; border-right-style: solid; border-bottom-style: solid; border-left-style: solid; border-top-color: gray; border-right-color: gray; border-bottom-color: gray; border-left-color: gray; padding-top: 3px; padding-right: 3px; padding-bottom: 3px; padding-left: 3px; ">[an-i]（备注&#9313;）</td><td style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; border-top-width: 1px; border-right-width: 1px; border-bottom-width: 1px; border-left-width: 1px; border-top-style: solid; border-right-style: solid; border-bottom-style: solid; border-left-style: solid; border-top-color: gray; border-right-color: gray; border-bottom-color: gray; border-left-color: gray; padding-top: 3px; padding-right: 3px; padding-bottom: 3px; padding-left: 3px; ">m&#227;e [man-i]</td></tr><tr><td style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; border-top-width: 1px; border-right-width: 1px; border-bottom-width: 1px; border-left-width: 1px; border-top-style: solid; border-right-style: solid; border-bottom-style: solid; border-left-style: solid; border-top-color: gray; border-right-color: gray; border-bottom-color: gray; border-left-color: gray; padding-top: 3px; padding-right: 3px; padding-bottom: 3px; padding-left: 3px; ">&#227;o</td><td style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; border-top-width: 1px; border-right-width: 1px; border-bottom-width: 1px; border-left-width: 1px; border-top-style: solid; border-right-style: solid; border-bottom-style: solid; border-left-style: solid; border-top-color: gray; border-right-color: gray; border-bottom-color: gray; border-left-color: gray; padding-top: 3px; padding-right: 3px; padding-bottom: 3px; padding-left: 3px; ">[aŋ]（备注&#9314;）</td><td style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; border-top-width: 1px; border-right-width: 1px; border-bottom-width: 1px; border-left-width: 1px; border-top-style: solid; border-right-style: solid; border-bottom-style: solid; border-left-style: solid; border-top-color: gray; border-right-color: gray; border-bottom-color: gray; border-left-color: gray; padding-top: 3px; padding-right: 3px; padding-bottom: 3px; padding-left: 3px; ">li&#231;&#227;o [lis'aŋ]</td></tr><tr><td style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; border-top-width: 1px; border-right-width: 1px; border-bottom-width: 1px; border-left-width: 1px; border-top-style: solid; border-right-style: solid; border-bottom-style: solid; border-left-style: solid; border-top-color: gray; border-right-color: gray; border-bottom-color: gray; border-left-color: gray; padding-top: 3px; padding-right: 3px; padding-bottom: 3px; padding-left: 3px; ">&#245;e</td><td style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; border-top-width: 1px; border-right-width: 1px; border-bottom-width: 1px; border-left-width: 1px; border-top-style: solid; border-right-style: solid; border-bottom-style: solid; border-left-style: solid; border-top-color: gray; border-right-color: gray; border-bottom-color: gray; border-left-color: gray; padding-top: 3px; padding-right: 3px; padding-bottom: 3px; padding-left: 3px; ">[on-i]（备注&#9313;）</td><td style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; border-top-width: 1px; border-right-width: 1px; border-bottom-width: 1px; border-left-width: 1px; border-top-style: solid; border-right-style: solid; border-bottom-style: solid; border-left-style: solid; border-top-color: gray; border-right-color: gray; border-bottom-color: gray; border-left-color: gray; padding-top: 3px; padding-right: 3px; padding-bottom: 3px; padding-left: 3px; ">li&#231;&#245;es [lis'on-is]</td></tr></tbody></table></div><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">备注：<br />&#9312; [on]和[un]类似汉语拼音的韵母[ong]。<br />&#9313; 在[an-i]中，前面的[an]发音较长、较重，后面的[i]发音较短、较轻。[on-i]也是这样。<br />&#9314; [aŋ]类似汉语拼音的韵母[ang]。</p><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">在葡语词典上，[an]、[en]、[in]、[on]、[un]通常写成[&#227;]、[ẽ]、[ĩ]、[&#245;]、[ũ]。</p><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; color: red; ">3.2 表示疑问的短语</p><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">在葡语中，肯定句与疑问句的结构是相同的，唯一区别是句子最后一个单词的声调。例如：</p><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">Ele est&#225; dormindo.［他正在睡觉。dormindo念降调］</li><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">Ele est&#225; dormindo?［他正在睡觉吗？dormindo念升调］</li><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">为了强调一句话是疑问句，而不是肯定句，可以在这句话的后面加上一个表示疑问的短语。例如：</p><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">Ele est&#225; dormindo, n&#227;o &#233; verdade?［直译：他正在睡觉，不是真的吗？］</li><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">Ele est&#225; dormindo, n&#227;o &#233;?［直译：他正在睡觉，不是吗？］</li><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">Ele est&#225; dormindo, verdade?［直译：他正在睡觉，真的吗？］</li><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">在这三个例句中，dormindo念降调，最后一个单词verdade和&#233;念升调。</p><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; color: red; ">3.3 五种常见的变性方法</p><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">葡语的名词和形容词有阳性、阴性两种形式，两种形式可以互相转变。下面介绍五种常见的变性方法。</p><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">&#9312; 将词尾字母o变成a。例如：<br />menino -- menina（男孩 -- 女孩）</p><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">&#9313; 将词尾字母&#227;o变成&#227;。例如：<br />cidad&#227;o -- cidad&#227;（男公民 -- 女公民）</p><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">&#9314; 将词尾字母eu变成&#233;ia。例如：<br />europeu -- europ&#233;ia（欧洲男人 -- 欧洲女人）</p><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">&#9315; 在词尾辅音字母后面加上a。例如：<br />inventor -- inventora（男发明者 -- 女发明者）</p><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">&#9316; 使用不同的单词来表示不同的性。例如：<br />homem -- mulher（男人 -- 女人）</p><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">上面是五个名词变性的例子。形容词的变性方法与名词完全相同，这里不再举例。</p><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; color: red; ">3.4 形容词bom/mau</p><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">在葡语中，绝大多数形容词的变位是规则的，例如belo/bela/belos/belas（美丽的），但有两个形容词的变位是不规则的，这就是bom（好的）和mau（坏的）。</p><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">&#9312; bom -- boa -- bons -- boas</p><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">Eu recebo uma boa not&#237;cia.［我收到一条好消息。］</li><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">&#9313; mau -- m&#225; -- maus -- m&#225;s</p><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">Eu recebo uma m&#225; not&#237;cia.［我收到一条坏消息。］</li><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">形容词通常放在名词后面，但bom/mau习惯性地放在名词前面。</p><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; color: red; ">3.5 将形容词变成副词</p><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">在形容词阴性形式的后面加上mente，同时将形容词原有的重音符号删除，即可将形容词变成副词。例如：<br />r&#225;pido（快的/形容词）-- r&#225;pida -- rapidamente（快/副词）<br />lento（慢的/形容词）-- lenta -- lentamente（慢/副词）</p><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">Umas &#225;rvores crescem rapidamente, e outras lentamente.［一些树长得快，另一些树长得慢。］</li><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">为避免单词的重复，outras后面省略了&#225;rvores crescem。</p><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">形容词bom和mau的副词是特殊的，它们是：<br />bom（好的/形容词）-- bem（好/副词）<br />mau（坏的/形容词）-- mal（坏/副词）</p><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">Ele fala ingl&#234;s muito bem, mas franc&#234;s muito mal.［他英语讲得很好，但法语讲得很糟糕。］</li><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">为避免单词的重复，mas后面省略了ele fala。 在葡语中，这种省略经常出现，今后不再提示。</p><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; color: red; ">3.6 代词voc&#234;/voc&#234;s</p><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">在巴西，人们并不使用tu和v&#243;s，而是使用voc&#234;（你）和voc&#234;s（你们）。有趣的是，voc&#234;后面的动词不使用tu的变位，而使用ele/ela的变位；voc&#234;s后面的动词不使用v&#243;s的变位，而使用eles/elas的变位。这意味着以前学习一个动词，需要记住六个变位，而使用voc&#234;和voc&#234;s之后，只需要记住四个变位。例如：</p><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">Eu canto.［我唱歌。］</li><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">Voc&#234;/Ele/Ela canta.［你/他/她/它唱歌。］</li><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">N&#243;s cantamos.［我们唱歌。］</li><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">Voc&#234;s/Eles/Elas cantam.［你们/他们/她们/它们唱歌。］</li><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">读者如果觉得记住六个变位，负担太重，可以只记住四个变位。不过这种做法只适用于巴葡，不适用于葡葡。</p><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; color: red; ">3.7 名词senhor/senhora</p><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">除了voc&#234;/voc&#234;s之外，还可以用senhor（先生）和senhora（夫人）代替tu，用senhores（先生们）和senhoras（夫人们）代替v&#243;s，但它们的前面必须加上定冠词。例如：</p><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">O senhor tem troco para 20 euros?［先生您有20欧元的零钱吗？］</li><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">A senhora quer uma ch&#225;vena de ch&#225;?［夫人您想要一杯茶吗？］</li><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">senhor/senhora的用法与voc&#234;相同，senhores/senhoras的用法与voc&#234;s相同。如果是未婚女人，则使用senhorita/senhoritas（小姐/小姐们）。</p><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">quer是动词querer（想要）的现在时ele/ela变位，其余五个变位都是规则的。</p><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; color: red; ">3.8 介词与代词的缩合</p><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">在葡语中，某些介词与某些代词在一起时，两者必须缩合。例如：<br />de ＋ ele ＝ dele<br />de ＋ ela ＝ dela<br />de ＋ eles ＝ deles<br />de ＋ elas ＝ delas</p><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">em ＋ ele ＝ nele<br />em ＋ ela ＝ nela<br />em ＋ eles ＝ neles<br />em ＋ elas ＝ nelas</p><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">O resultado do assunto depende dele.［这件事的结果取决于他。］</li><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">Eu completamente acredito nele.［我完全信任他。］</li><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">depender de是一个词组，意思是＂取决于＂。acreditar em也是一个词组，意思是＂信任＂。</p><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; color: red; ">3.9 动词词组</p><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">在葡语中，多数动词是单独使用的，少数动词需要与介词一起使用，两者合称为动词词组，例如刚刚遇到的depender de和acreditar em。下面再介绍两个常用的动词词组。</p><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">&#9312; acabar de（刚刚）</p><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">O Pedro acaba de sair.［佩德罗刚刚出去。］</li><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">在葡语中，人名前面可以加上定冠词，表示亲密，例如o Pedro。不规则动词sair（出去）的六个现在时变位是saio/sais/sai/sa&#237;mos/sa&#237;s/[saem]。</p><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">&#9313; gostar de（喜欢）</p><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">Eu gosto de jogar futebol.［我喜欢踢足球。］</li><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">Eu gosto de gatos.［我喜欢猫。］</li><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">acabar de的后面只能是动词（例如sair），而gostar de的后面既可以是动词（例如jogar），也可以是名词（例如gatos）。</p><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; color: red; ">3.10 动词的将来时</p><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">将来时表示将来发生的动作，例如我明天将给佩德罗打电话。将来时有两种表达方法。</p><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">&#9312; 使用下列句型，其中前面的ir需要变位，后面的动词不需要变位。<br />ir ＋ 动词</p><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">Eu vou telefonar ao Pedro amanh&#227;.［我明天将给佩德罗打电话。］</li><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">Tu vais telefonar ao Pedro amanh&#227;.［你明天将给佩德罗打电话。］</li><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">Ele vai telefonar ao Pedro amanh&#227;.［他明天将给佩德罗打电话。］</li><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">N&#243;s vamos telefonar ao Pedro amanh&#227;.［我们明天将给佩德罗打电话。］</li><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">V&#243;s ides telefonar ao Pedro amanh&#227;.［你们明天将给佩德罗打电话。］</li><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">Eles v&#227;o telefonar ao Pedro amanh&#227;.［他们明天将给佩德罗打电话。］</li><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">&#9313; 在第一、第二、第三变位动词的后面分别加上ei/&#225;s/&#225;/emos/eis/&#227;o，构成六个将来时变位。以动词cantar为例：<br />cantarei -- cantar&#225;s -- cantar&#225; -- cantaremos -- cantareis -- cantar&#227;o</p><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">Eu telefonarei ao Pedro amanh&#227;.［我明天将给佩德罗打电话。］</li><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">三个常用不规则动词（稍后学习）的将来时变位：<br />dizer：direi -- dir&#225;s -- dir&#225; -- diremos -- direis -- dir&#227;o<br />fazer：farei -- far&#225;s -- far&#225; -- faremos -- fareis -- far&#227;o<br />trazer：trarei -- trar&#225;s -- trar&#225; -- traremos -- trareis -- trar&#227;o</p><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; color: red; ">3.11 代词algum/algu&#233;m/algo</p><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">&#9312; algum的意思是＂某个＂或＂某些＂，有性和数。<br />algum（某个）-- alguma（某个）-- alguns（某些）-- algumas（某些）</p><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">Ele compra alguma coisa em alguma loja.［他在一家商店买了一样东西。］</li><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">&#9313; algu&#233;m的意思是＂某人＂，相当于alguma pessoa，没有性和数。</p><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">Algu&#233;m est&#225; no quarto.［房间里有个人。］</li><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">&#9314; algo的意思是＂某事＂或＂某物＂，相当于alguma coisa，没有性和数。</p><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">Eu tenho algo a fazer.［我有一件事要做。］</li><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; color: red; ">3.12 动词dar/dizer/fazer/trazer</p><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">这四个常用不规则动词的的现在时变位是：<br />dar（给）：dou -- d&#225;s -- d&#225; -- [damos] -- [dais] -- d&#227;o<br />dizer（说）：digo -- [dizes] -- diz -- [dizemos] -- [dizeis] -- [dizem]<br />fazer（做）：fa&#231;o -- [fazes] -- faz -- [fazemos] -- [fazeis] -- [fazem]<br />trazer（带来）：trago -- [trazes] -- traz -- [trazemos] -- [trazeis] -- [trazem]</p><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">Eu dou os parab&#233;ns ao Pedro.［我向佩德罗表示祝贺。］</li><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">Eu quero dizer a minha opini&#227;o.［我想说说我的意见。］</li><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">Eu fa&#231;o um bolo grande.［我做了一个大蛋糕。］</li><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">Eu trago uma boa not&#237;cia para voc&#234;.［我给你带来一个好消息。］</li><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; color: red; ">3.13 去掉重音符号</p><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">在葡语中，名词和形容词在添加各种后缀（阴性后缀、复数后缀、副词后缀等）之后，需要去掉原有的重音符号。例如：<br />chin&#234;s ＋ es ＝ chineses（中国人）</p><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">只有少数单词的重音符号不需要去掉。例如：<br />pa&#237;s ＋ es ＝ pa&#237;ses（国家）</p><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; color: red; ">3.14 在线收听葡语新闻</p><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">笔者长期在线收听日本放送协会（NHK）的葡语新闻（巴葡），网址是：<br /><a href="http://www.nhk.or.jp/nhkworld/portuguese/top/news.html" style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; color: blue; text-decoration: none; ">www.nhk.or.jp/nhkworld/portuguese/top/news.html</a></p><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">在网页上有每条新闻的正文，读者可以对照正文，收听新闻，纠正不正确的发音。</p><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; color: red; ">3.15 本课词汇表</p><div style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; "><table style="border-collapse: collapse; margin-top: auto; margin-right: auto; margin-bottom: auto; margin-left: auto; "><tbody><tr><td style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; border-top-width: 1px; border-right-width: 1px; border-bottom-width: 1px; border-left-width: 1px; border-top-style: solid; border-right-style: solid; border-bottom-style: solid; border-left-style: solid; border-top-color: gray; border-right-color: gray; border-bottom-color: gray; border-left-color: gray; padding-top: 3px; padding-right: 3px; padding-bottom: 3px; padding-left: 3px; vertical-align: top; width: 551px; ">acabar [akab'ar] (vi|vp|vt) 结束<br />acreditar [akredʒit'ar] (vi|vt) 信任<br />algo ['augu] (p) 某事<br />algu&#233;m [aug'en] (p) 某人<br />algum, alguma, alguns, algumas [aug'un, aug'uma, aug'uns, aug'umas] (p) 某个，某些<br />amanh&#227; [amanj'an] (ad) 明天<br />&#225;rvore ['arvori] (f) 树<br />assunto [as'untu] (m) 事情<br />bem [ben] (ad) 好<br />bolo [b'olu] (m) 蛋糕<br />bom, boa, bons, boas [bon, b'oa, bons, b'oas] (a) 好的<br />ch&#225; [ʃa] (m) 茶<br />ch&#225;vena [ʃ'avena] (f) 杯子<br />coisa [k'oiza] (f) 事物<br />completo [konpl'etu] (a) 完全的<br />comprar [konpr'ar] (vt) 买<br />crescer [kres'er] (vi) 生长<br />dar [dar] (vt) 给<br />depender [depend'er] (vi) 依靠<br />dizer [dʒiz'er] (vi|vp|vt) 说<br />dormir [dorm'ir] (vi|vt) 睡觉<br />euro ['euru] (m) 欧元<br />fazer [faz'er] (vt) 做<br />franc&#234;s [frans'es] (a) 法国的 (m) 法国人，法语<br />futebol [futeb'ou] (m) 足球<br />gostar [gost'ar] (vi) 喜欢<br /></td><td style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; border-top-width: 1px; border-right-width: 1px; border-bottom-width: 1px; border-left-width: 1px; border-top-style: solid; border-right-style: solid; border-bottom-style: solid; border-left-style: solid; border-top-color: gray; border-right-color: gray; border-bottom-color: gray; border-left-color: gray; padding-top: 3px; padding-right: 3px; padding-bottom: 3px; padding-left: 3px; vertical-align: top; width: 551px; ">ingl&#234;s [ingl'es] (a) 英国的 (m) 英国人，英语<br />jogar [ʒog'ar] (vi|vt) 玩耍<br />lento [l'entu] (a) 慢的<br />mal [mau] (ad) 坏<br />mau, m&#225;, maus, m&#225;s [mau, ma, maus, mas] (a) 坏的<br />meu, minha [meu, m'inja] (p) 我的<br />muito [m'uitu] (ad) 很<br />not&#237;cia [notʃ'isia] (f) 消息<br />opini&#227;o [opini'aŋ] (f) 意见<br />outro ['outru] (a) 另外的<br />parab&#233;ns [parab'ens] (mpl) 祝贺<br />pessoa [pes'oa] (f) 人<br />quarto [kw'artu] (m) 房间<br />querer [ker'er] (vp|vt) 想要<br />r&#225;pido [r'apidu] (a) 快的<br />receber [reseb'er] (vt) 收到<br />resultado [rezuu'tadu] (m) 结果<br />sair [sa'ir] (vi) 出去<br />senhor [senj'or] (m) 先生<br />senhora [senj'ora] (f) 夫人<br />senhorita [senjor'ita] (f) 小姐<br />telefonar [telefon'ar] (vi|vt) 打电话<br />trazer [traz'er] (vt) 带来<br />troco [tr'ogu] (m) 零钱<br />verdade [verd'adʒi] (f) 真实<br />voc&#234; [vos'e] (p) 你<br />voc&#234;s [vos'es] (p) 你们<br /></td></tr></tbody></table></div></span></div><img src ="http://www.blogjava.net/jjshcc/aggbug/403449.html" width = "1" height = "1" /><br><br><div align=right><a style="text-decoration:none;" href="http://www.blogjava.net/jjshcc/" target="_blank">Eric_jiang</a> 2013-08-29 17:01 <a href="http://www.blogjava.net/jjshcc/archive/2013/08/29/403449.html#Feedback" target="_blank" style="text-decoration:none;">发表评论</a></div>]]></description></item><item><title>葡语十日入门-第2课</title><link>http://www.blogjava.net/jjshcc/archive/2013/08/29/403447.html</link><dc:creator>Eric_jiang</dc:creator><author>Eric_jiang</author><pubDate>Thu, 29 Aug 2013 08:49:00 GMT</pubDate><guid>http://www.blogjava.net/jjshcc/archive/2013/08/29/403447.html</guid><wfw:comment>http://www.blogjava.net/jjshcc/comments/403447.html</wfw:comment><comments>http://www.blogjava.net/jjshcc/archive/2013/08/29/403447.html#Feedback</comments><slash:comments>0</slash:comments><wfw:commentRss>http://www.blogjava.net/jjshcc/comments/commentRss/403447.html</wfw:commentRss><trackback:ping>http://www.blogjava.net/jjshcc/services/trackbacks/403447.html</trackback:ping><description><![CDATA[<div><span style="font-family: 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; "><div style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; "><table style="border-collapse: collapse; margin-top: auto; margin-right: auto; margin-bottom: auto; margin-left: auto; "><tbody><tr><td style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; border-top-width: 1px; border-right-width: 1px; border-bottom-width: 1px; border-left-width: 1px; border-top-style: solid; border-right-style: solid; border-bottom-style: solid; border-left-style: solid; border-top-color: gray; border-right-color: gray; border-bottom-color: gray; border-left-color: gray; padding-top: 3px; padding-right: 3px; padding-bottom: 3px; padding-left: 3px; "><center>第2课</center><br />2.1 二合元音<br />2.2 单词的缩合<br />2.3 不定冠词um/uma/uns/umas<br />2.4 形容词<br />2.5 第二、第三变位动词的现在时<br />2.6 动词ter/ir/vir<br />2.7 以h&#225;开头的句子<br />2.8 动词的现在进行时<br />2.9 字母c/p的发音<br />2.10 11至30的基数词和序数词<br />2.11 地名前面的定冠词<br />2.12 在Windows中输入葡语<br />2.13 本课词汇表<br /></td></tr></tbody></table></div><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; color: red; ">2.1 二合元音</p><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">将两个元音字母组合在一起，构成一个二合元音，例如a＋i＝ai。二合元音是一个整体，不能分开。下表是用国际音标标注的二合元音的发音。</p><div style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; "><table style="border-collapse: collapse; margin-top: auto; margin-right: auto; margin-bottom: auto; margin-left: auto; "><tbody><tr><td style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; border-top-width: 1px; border-right-width: 1px; border-bottom-width: 1px; border-left-width: 1px; border-top-style: solid; border-right-style: solid; border-bottom-style: solid; border-left-style: solid; border-top-color: gray; border-right-color: gray; border-bottom-color: gray; border-left-color: gray; padding-top: 3px; padding-right: 3px; padding-bottom: 3px; padding-left: 3px; text-align: center; ">二合元音</td><td style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; border-top-width: 1px; border-right-width: 1px; border-bottom-width: 1px; border-left-width: 1px; border-top-style: solid; border-right-style: solid; border-bottom-style: solid; border-left-style: solid; border-top-color: gray; border-right-color: gray; border-bottom-color: gray; border-left-color: gray; padding-top: 3px; padding-right: 3px; padding-bottom: 3px; padding-left: 3px; text-align: center; ">发音</td><td style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; border-top-width: 1px; border-right-width: 1px; border-bottom-width: 1px; border-left-width: 1px; border-top-style: solid; border-right-style: solid; border-bottom-style: solid; border-left-style: solid; border-top-color: gray; border-right-color: gray; border-bottom-color: gray; border-left-color: gray; padding-top: 3px; padding-right: 3px; padding-bottom: 3px; padding-left: 3px; text-align: center; ">例词</td></tr><tr><td style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; border-top-width: 1px; border-right-width: 1px; border-bottom-width: 1px; border-left-width: 1px; border-top-style: solid; border-right-style: solid; border-bottom-style: solid; border-left-style: solid; border-top-color: gray; border-right-color: gray; border-bottom-color: gray; border-left-color: gray; padding-top: 3px; padding-right: 3px; padding-bottom: 3px; padding-left: 3px; ">ai</td><td style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; border-top-width: 1px; border-right-width: 1px; border-bottom-width: 1px; border-left-width: 1px; border-top-style: solid; border-right-style: solid; border-bottom-style: solid; border-left-style: solid; border-top-color: gray; border-right-color: gray; border-bottom-color: gray; border-left-color: gray; padding-top: 3px; padding-right: 3px; padding-bottom: 3px; padding-left: 3px; ">[ai]</td><td style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; border-top-width: 1px; border-right-width: 1px; border-bottom-width: 1px; border-left-width: 1px; border-top-style: solid; border-right-style: solid; border-bottom-style: solid; border-left-style: solid; border-top-color: gray; border-right-color: gray; border-bottom-color: gray; border-left-color: gray; padding-top: 3px; padding-right: 3px; padding-bottom: 3px; padding-left: 3px; ">baixo [b'aiʃu]</td></tr><tr><td style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; border-top-width: 1px; border-right-width: 1px; border-bottom-width: 1px; border-left-width: 1px; border-top-style: solid; border-right-style: solid; border-bottom-style: solid; border-left-style: solid; border-top-color: gray; border-right-color: gray; border-bottom-color: gray; border-left-color: gray; padding-top: 3px; padding-right: 3px; padding-bottom: 3px; padding-left: 3px; ">au</td><td style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; border-top-width: 1px; border-right-width: 1px; border-bottom-width: 1px; border-left-width: 1px; border-top-style: solid; border-right-style: solid; border-bottom-style: solid; border-left-style: solid; border-top-color: gray; border-right-color: gray; border-bottom-color: gray; border-left-color: gray; padding-top: 3px; padding-right: 3px; padding-bottom: 3px; padding-left: 3px; ">[au]</td><td style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; border-top-width: 1px; border-right-width: 1px; border-bottom-width: 1px; border-left-width: 1px; border-top-style: solid; border-right-style: solid; border-bottom-style: solid; border-left-style: solid; border-top-color: gray; border-right-color: gray; border-bottom-color: gray; border-left-color: gray; padding-top: 3px; padding-right: 3px; padding-bottom: 3px; padding-left: 3px; ">fauna [f'auna]</td></tr><tr><td style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; border-top-width: 1px; border-right-width: 1px; border-bottom-width: 1px; border-left-width: 1px; border-top-style: solid; border-right-style: solid; border-bottom-style: solid; border-left-style: solid; border-top-color: gray; border-right-color: gray; border-bottom-color: gray; border-left-color: gray; padding-top: 3px; padding-right: 3px; padding-bottom: 3px; padding-left: 3px; ">ei</td><td style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; border-top-width: 1px; border-right-width: 1px; border-bottom-width: 1px; border-left-width: 1px; border-top-style: solid; border-right-style: solid; border-bottom-style: solid; border-left-style: solid; border-top-color: gray; border-right-color: gray; border-bottom-color: gray; border-left-color: gray; padding-top: 3px; padding-right: 3px; padding-bottom: 3px; padding-left: 3px; ">[ei]</td><td style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; border-top-width: 1px; border-right-width: 1px; border-bottom-width: 1px; border-left-width: 1px; border-top-style: solid; border-right-style: solid; border-bottom-style: solid; border-left-style: solid; border-top-color: gray; border-right-color: gray; border-bottom-color: gray; border-left-color: gray; padding-top: 3px; padding-right: 3px; padding-bottom: 3px; padding-left: 3px; ">leite [l'eitʃi]</td></tr><tr><td style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; border-top-width: 1px; border-right-width: 1px; border-bottom-width: 1px; border-left-width: 1px; border-top-style: solid; border-right-style: solid; border-bottom-style: solid; border-left-style: solid; border-top-color: gray; border-right-color: gray; border-bottom-color: gray; border-left-color: gray; padding-top: 3px; padding-right: 3px; padding-bottom: 3px; padding-left: 3px; ">eu</td><td style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; border-top-width: 1px; border-right-width: 1px; border-bottom-width: 1px; border-left-width: 1px; border-top-style: solid; border-right-style: solid; border-bottom-style: solid; border-left-style: solid; border-top-color: gray; border-right-color: gray; border-bottom-color: gray; border-left-color: gray; padding-top: 3px; padding-right: 3px; padding-bottom: 3px; padding-left: 3px; ">[eu]</td><td style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; border-top-width: 1px; border-right-width: 1px; border-bottom-width: 1px; border-left-width: 1px; border-top-style: solid; border-right-style: solid; border-bottom-style: solid; border-left-style: solid; border-top-color: gray; border-right-color: gray; border-bottom-color: gray; border-left-color: gray; padding-top: 3px; padding-right: 3px; padding-bottom: 3px; padding-left: 3px; ">feudo [f'eudu]</td></tr><tr><td style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; border-top-width: 1px; border-right-width: 1px; border-bottom-width: 1px; border-left-width: 1px; border-top-style: solid; border-right-style: solid; border-bottom-style: solid; border-left-style: solid; border-top-color: gray; border-right-color: gray; border-bottom-color: gray; border-left-color: gray; padding-top: 3px; padding-right: 3px; padding-bottom: 3px; padding-left: 3px; ">iu</td><td style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; border-top-width: 1px; border-right-width: 1px; border-bottom-width: 1px; border-left-width: 1px; border-top-style: solid; border-right-style: solid; border-bottom-style: solid; border-left-style: solid; border-top-color: gray; border-right-color: gray; border-bottom-color: gray; border-left-color: gray; padding-top: 3px; padding-right: 3px; padding-bottom: 3px; padding-left: 3px; ">[iu]</td><td style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; border-top-width: 1px; border-right-width: 1px; border-bottom-width: 1px; border-left-width: 1px; border-top-style: solid; border-right-style: solid; border-bottom-style: solid; border-left-style: solid; border-top-color: gray; border-right-color: gray; border-bottom-color: gray; border-left-color: gray; padding-top: 3px; padding-right: 3px; padding-bottom: 3px; padding-left: 3px; ">viuvez [viuv'es]</td></tr><tr><td style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; border-top-width: 1px; border-right-width: 1px; border-bottom-width: 1px; border-left-width: 1px; border-top-style: solid; border-right-style: solid; border-bottom-style: solid; border-left-style: solid; border-top-color: gray; border-right-color: gray; border-bottom-color: gray; border-left-color: gray; padding-top: 3px; padding-right: 3px; padding-bottom: 3px; padding-left: 3px; ">oi</td><td style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; border-top-width: 1px; border-right-width: 1px; border-bottom-width: 1px; border-left-width: 1px; border-top-style: solid; border-right-style: solid; border-bottom-style: solid; border-left-style: solid; border-top-color: gray; border-right-color: gray; border-bottom-color: gray; border-left-color: gray; padding-top: 3px; padding-right: 3px; padding-bottom: 3px; padding-left: 3px; ">[oi]</td><td style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; border-top-width: 1px; border-right-width: 1px; border-bottom-width: 1px; border-left-width: 1px; border-top-style: solid; border-right-style: solid; border-bottom-style: solid; border-left-style: solid; border-top-color: gray; border-right-color: gray; border-bottom-color: gray; border-left-color: gray; padding-top: 3px; padding-right: 3px; padding-bottom: 3px; padding-left: 3px; ">noiva [n'oiva]</td></tr><tr><td style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; border-top-width: 1px; border-right-width: 1px; border-bottom-width: 1px; border-left-width: 1px; border-top-style: solid; border-right-style: solid; border-bottom-style: solid; border-left-style: solid; border-top-color: gray; border-right-color: gray; border-bottom-color: gray; border-left-color: gray; padding-top: 3px; padding-right: 3px; padding-bottom: 3px; padding-left: 3px; ">ou</td><td style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; border-top-width: 1px; border-right-width: 1px; border-bottom-width: 1px; border-left-width: 1px; border-top-style: solid; border-right-style: solid; border-bottom-style: solid; border-left-style: solid; border-top-color: gray; border-right-color: gray; border-bottom-color: gray; border-left-color: gray; padding-top: 3px; padding-right: 3px; padding-bottom: 3px; padding-left: 3px; ">[ou]</td><td style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; border-top-width: 1px; border-right-width: 1px; border-bottom-width: 1px; border-left-width: 1px; border-top-style: solid; border-right-style: solid; border-bottom-style: solid; border-left-style: solid; border-top-color: gray; border-right-color: gray; border-bottom-color: gray; border-left-color: gray; padding-top: 3px; padding-right: 3px; padding-bottom: 3px; padding-left: 3px; ">roupa [r'oupa]</td></tr><tr><td style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; border-top-width: 1px; border-right-width: 1px; border-bottom-width: 1px; border-left-width: 1px; border-top-style: solid; border-right-style: solid; border-bottom-style: solid; border-left-style: solid; border-top-color: gray; border-right-color: gray; border-bottom-color: gray; border-left-color: gray; padding-top: 3px; padding-right: 3px; padding-bottom: 3px; padding-left: 3px; ">ui</td><td style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; border-top-width: 1px; border-right-width: 1px; border-bottom-width: 1px; border-left-width: 1px; border-top-style: solid; border-right-style: solid; border-bottom-style: solid; border-left-style: solid; border-top-color: gray; border-right-color: gray; border-bottom-color: gray; border-left-color: gray; padding-top: 3px; padding-right: 3px; padding-bottom: 3px; padding-left: 3px; ">[ui]</td><td style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; border-top-width: 1px; border-right-width: 1px; border-bottom-width: 1px; border-left-width: 1px; border-top-style: solid; border-right-style: solid; border-bottom-style: solid; border-left-style: solid; border-top-color: gray; border-right-color: gray; border-bottom-color: gray; border-left-color: gray; padding-top: 3px; padding-right: 3px; padding-bottom: 3px; padding-left: 3px; ">fluido [fl'uidu]</td></tr></tbody></table></div><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">除了表中这组二合元音之外，其他元音字母组合都不是二合元音，例如alegria，其中的ia并不是二合元音，而是两个独立的元音字母，因此这个单词不能读作[al'egria]，而应当读作[alegr'ia]。</p><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">如果在ai/ei/oi/ui这四个二合元音的后面又出现元音字母，那么它们不再是二合元音，而是两个独立的元音字母，此时第二个元音字母i改发[j]音，与第三个元音字母拼读在一起，例如feio，不能读作[f'eiu]，而应当读作[f'eju]。</p><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; color: red; ">2.2 单词的缩合</p><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">在葡语中，某些单词与另外某些单词在一起时，两者必须缩合，变成一个单词。</p><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">&#9312; 介词de与定冠词的缩合：<br />de ＋ o ＝ do<br />de ＋ a ＝ da<br />de ＋ os ＝ dos<br />de ＋ as ＝ das</p><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">Eu sou da (de+a) China.［我来自中国。］</li><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">&#9313; 介词a与定冠词的缩合：<br />a ＋ o ＝ ao<br />a ＋ a ＝ &#224;<br />a ＋ os ＝ aos<br />a ＋ as ＝ &#224;s</p><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">Eu vou ao (a+o) cinema.［我去电影院。］</li><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">&#9314; 介词em与定冠词的缩合：<br />em ＋ o ＝ no<br />em ＋ a ＝ na<br />em ＋ os ＝ nos<br />em ＋ as ＝ nas</p><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">Eu estou no (em+o) Brasil.［我在巴西。］</li><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; color: red; ">2.3 不定冠词um/uma/uns/umas</p><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">与定冠词一样，不定冠词也有四个，它们是：<br />um（一个，阳性单数）-- uns（一些，阳性复数）<br />uma（一个，阴性单数）-- umas（一些，阴性复数）</p><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">um carro（一辆汽车）-- uns carros（一些汽车）<br />uma casa（一所房子）-- umas casas（一些房子）</p><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">介词de/em与不定冠词在一起时，两者可以缩合，也可以不缩合。</p><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">de ＋ um ＝ dum<br />de ＋ uma ＝ duma<br />de ＋ uns ＝ duns<br />de ＋ umas ＝ dumas</p><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">Ele abre a porta duma (de uma) loja.［他打开一家商店的门。］</li><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">em ＋ um ＝ num<br />em ＋ uma ＝ numa<br />em ＋ uns ＝ nuns<br />em ＋ umas ＝ numas</p><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">Ele mora num (em um) apartamento.［他住在一套公寓房间里。］</li><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; color: red; ">2.4 形容词</p><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">葡语的形容词既分阳性和阴性，又分单数和复数。形容词的词尾通常是o，是阳性，用来修饰阳性名词；将o变成a，是阴性，用来修饰阴性名词。例如：<br />um carro bonito（一辆漂亮的汽车）<br />uma casa bonita（一所漂亮的房子）</p><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">名词如果是复数，形容词也必须是复数（词尾加上s）。例如：<br />uns carros bonitos（一些漂亮的汽车）<br />umas casas bonitas（一些漂亮的房子）</p><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">有一些形容词的词尾不是o，而是其他字母，例如grande（大的）和feliz（幸福的），这种形容词既是阳性，又是阴性，不分性，只分数。例如：<br />um carro grande（一辆大汽车）<br />uma casa grande（一所大房子）<br />uns carros grandes（一些大汽车）<br />umas casas grandes（一些大房子）</p><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">形容词通常放在名词后面，只有少数形容词习惯性地放在名词前面。</p><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; color: red; ">2.5 第二、第三变位动词的现在时</p><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">&#9312; 下面是第二变位动词的六个现在时变位，变位规则是：去掉词尾er，分别加上o/es/e/emos/eis/em。以动词comer（吃）为例：<br />como（我吃）<br />comes（你吃）<br />come（他、她、它吃）<br />comemos（我们吃）<br />comeis（你们吃）<br />comem（他们、她们、它们吃）</p><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">Ele come p&#227;o fresco todos os dias.［他每天吃新鲜的面包。］</li><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">todos os dias是一个词组，意思是＂每天＂。请注意这个词组的发音是[t'oduzus dʒ'ias]，也就是todos的词尾辅音字母s [z]与os的词首元音字母o [u]拼读在一起。类似这样的连读在葡语口语中非常普遍。</p><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">&#9313; 下面是第三变位动词的六个现在时变位，变位规则是：去掉词尾ir，分别加上o/es/e/imos/is/em。以动词partir（出发）为例：<br />parto（我出发）<br />partes（你出发）<br />parte（他、她、它出发）<br />partimos（我们出发）<br />partis（你们出发）<br />partem（他们、她们、它们出发）</p><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">Hoje ele parte de Pequim para Lisboa.［他今天从北京出发，前往里斯本。］</li><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">介词a和介词para都表示终点，意思都是＂到＂，两者的区别是：a在终点短期停留，para在终点长期停留。</p><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; color: red; ">2.6 动词ter/ir/vir</p><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">&#9312; ter的意思是＂有＂，现在时变位是：<br />tenho -- tens -- tem -- [temos] -- tendes -- t&#234;m</p><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">Ele tem muitos amigos brasileiros, mas poucos amigos angolanos.［他有许多巴西朋友，但安哥拉朋友却很少。］</li><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">&#9313; ir的意思是＂去＂，现在时变位是：<br />vou -- vais -- vai -- vamos -- ides -- v&#227;o</p><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">Ele vai para Bras&#237;lia, a capital do Brasil.［他去巴西首都巴西利亚。］</li><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">&#9314; vir的意思是＂来＂，现在时变位是：<br />venho -- vens -- vem -- [vimos] -- vindes -- v&#234;m</p><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">Ele vem duma aldeia no leste de Luanda, Angola.［他来自安哥拉[首都]罗安达东部的一个村庄。］</li><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">在葡语中，四个方向的名称是leste（东）、sul（南）、oeste（西）、norte（北），均为阳性名词。</p><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; color: red; ">2.7 以h&#225;开头的句子</p><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">以h&#225;开头的句子表示在某处有某个或某些东西，是一个常用句型。</p><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">H&#225; dois pequenos gatos brancos aqui.［这里有两只小白猫。］</li><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">H&#225; tr&#234;s grandes c&#227;es pretos ali.［那里有三只大黑狗。］</li><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">h&#225;实际上是不规则动词haver（有）的现在时变位。haver虽然有六个现在时变位（hei/h&#225;s/h&#225;/[havemos]/[haveis]/h&#227;o），但只有h&#225;这个变位最常用，其余五个变位都不常用。</p><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">ter和haver的意思都是＂有＂，但两者有明显区别：ter表示拥有，例如我拥有一辆汽车，haver表示存在，例如这里存在两只小白猫。</p><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; color: red; ">2.8 动词的现在进行时</p><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">现在进行时表示此时此刻正在发生的动作，例如我正在唱歌、他正在跳舞等。葡语的现在进行时有两种表达方法。</p><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">&#9312; 葡葡表达方法使用下列句型，其中a前面的estar需要变位，后面的动词不需要变位。<br />estar a ＋ 动词</p><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">Eu estou a estudar portugu&#234;s.［我正在学习葡语。］</li><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">Tu est&#225;s a estudar portugu&#234;s.［你正在学习葡语。］</li><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">Ele est&#225; a estudar portugu&#234;s.［他正在学习葡语。］</li><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">N&#243;s estamos a estudar portugu&#234;s.［我们正在学习葡语。］</li><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">V&#243;s estais a estudar portugu&#234;s.［你们正在学习葡语。］</li><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">Eles est&#227;o a estudar portugu&#234;s.［他们正在学习葡语。］</li><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">&#9313; 将动词的词尾字母r去掉，加上ndo，这样的形式称作现在分词（又称副动词）。例如：<br />cantar -- cantando<br />comer -- comendo<br />partir -- partindo</p><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">巴葡表达方法使用下列句型，其中前面的estar需要变位，后面的现在分词没有变化。<br />estar ＋ 现在分词</p><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">Eu estou estudando portugu&#234;s.［我正在学习葡语。］</li><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">Tu est&#225;s estudando portugu&#234;s.［你正在学习葡语。］</li><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">Ele est&#225; estudando portugu&#234;s.［他正在学习葡语。］</li><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">N&#243;s estamos estudando portugu&#234;s.［我们正在学习葡语。］</li><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">V&#243;s estais estudando portugu&#234;s.［你们正在学习葡语。］</li><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">Eles est&#227;o estudando portugu&#234;s.［他们正在学习葡语。］</li><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; color: red; ">2.9 字母c/p的发音</p><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">单独的c/p在少数单词中发音（分别发[k]音和[p]音）。例如：<br />aspecto [asp'ektu]<br />corrupto [kor'uptu]</p><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">在多数单词中不发音。例如：<br />actor [at'or]<br />adoptar [adot'ar]</p><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">不发音的c/p，在葡葡中全部保留，而在巴葡中全部删除，于是一些单词有两种拼法。例如：<br />actor（葡葡拼法）-- ator（巴葡拼法）<br />adoptar（葡葡拼法）-- adotar（巴葡拼法）</p><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">国内出版的葡语词典通常采用葡葡拼法，笔者开发的免费软件《英葡汉词典》则采用巴葡拼法。</p><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; color: red; ">2.10 11至30的基数词和序数词</p><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">onze（11）-- d&#233;cimo primeiro（第11）<br />doze（12）-- d&#233;cimo segundo（第12）<br />treze（13）-- d&#233;cimo terceiro（第13）<br />quatorze（14）-- d&#233;cimo quarto（第14）<br />quinze（15）-- d&#233;cimo quinto（第15）<br />dezesseis（16）-- d&#233;cimo sexto（第16）<br />dezessete（17）-- d&#233;cimo s&#233;timo（第17）<br />dezoito（18）-- d&#233;cimo oitavo（第18）<br />dezenove（19）-- d&#233;cimo nono（第19）<br />vinte（20）-- vig&#233;simo（第20）<br />vinte e um（21）-- vig&#233;simo primeiro（第21）<br />trinta（30）-- trig&#233;simo（第30）</p><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">O carro d&#233;cimo primeiro &#233; preto.［第11辆汽车是黑色的。］</li><li style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; list-style-type: square; list-style-position: initial; list-style-image: initial; ">A casa d&#233;cima segunda &#233; branca.［第12所房子是白色的。］</li><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; color: red; ">2.11 地名前面的定冠词</p><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">在葡语中，多数国名的前面需要定冠词。例如：<br />o Brasil -- do Brasil -- ao Brasil -- no Brasil（巴西）<br />a China -- da China -- &#224; China -- na China（中国）</p><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">少数国名的前面不需要定冠词，例如Portugal（葡萄牙）、Angola（安哥拉）等。</p><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">城市名称的前后如果没有形容词，则不需要定冠词，否则需要定冠词。例如：<br />Lisboa（里斯本）<br />a Lisboa antiga（古老的里斯本）</p><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; color: red; ">2.12 在Windows中输入葡语</p><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">Windows的所有版本都可以输入葡语。以Windows 7简体中文旗舰版为例，首先安装葡语键盘，方法是：将鼠标指向桌面右下角的EN或CH小方框，点击右键，出现一个菜单，然后依次点击：设置 -- 添加 -- 英语（美国）-- 键盘 -- 显示更多 -- 葡萄牙语（巴西 ABNT）-- 确定 -- 确定。</p><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; "></p><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; ">打开记事本，点击桌面右下角的键盘小图标，出现一个菜单，点击葡萄牙语（巴西 ABNT），启动葡语键盘，开始输入葡语。有重音符号的葡语字母的输入方法是（以a为例）：<br />&#9312; 按一下[（左方括号），再按一下a，输入&#225;。<br />&#9313; 同时按Shift和[（左方括号），再按一下a，输入&#224;。<br />&#9314; 按一下'（单引号），再按一下a，输入&#227;。<br />&#9315; 同时按Shift和'（单引号），再按一下a，输入&#226;。<br />&#9316; 按一下;（分号），输入&#231;。<br />&#9317; 同时按Shift和6，再按一下u，输入&#252;。</p><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; color: red; ">2.13 本课词汇表</p><div style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; "><table style="border-collapse: collapse; margin-top: auto; margin-right: auto; margin-bottom: auto; margin-left: auto; "><tbody><tr><td style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; border-top-width: 1px; border-right-width: 1px; border-bottom-width: 1px; border-left-width: 1px; border-top-style: solid; border-right-style: solid; border-bottom-style: solid; border-left-style: solid; border-top-color: gray; border-right-color: gray; border-bottom-color: gray; border-left-color: gray; padding-top: 3px; padding-right: 3px; padding-bottom: 3px; padding-left: 3px; vertical-align: top; width: 399px; ">abrir [abr'ir] (vi|vp|vt) 打开<br />aldeia [aud'eja] (f) 村庄<br />ali [al'i] (ad) 那里<br />amigo [am'igu] (m) 朋友<br />Angola [ang'ola] (f) 安哥拉<br />angolano [angol'anu] (a) 安哥拉的 (m) 安哥拉人<br />antigo [antʃ'igu] (a) 古老的<br />apartamento [apartam'entu] (m) 公寓房间<br />aqui [ak'i] (ad) 这里<br />bonito [bon'itu] (a) 漂亮的<br />branco [br'anku] (a) 白色的<br />brasileiro [brazil'eiru] (a) 巴西的 (m) 巴西人<br />Bras&#237;lia [braz'ilia] (n) 巴西利亚（巴西首都）<br />c&#227;o [kaŋ] (m) 狗<br />capital [kapit'au] (f) 首都<br />comer [kom'er] (vi|vt) 吃<br />dezenove [dezen'ovi] (num) 19<br />dezesseis [dezes'eis] (num) 16<br />dezessete [dezes'etʃi] (num) 17<br />dezoito [dez'oitu] (num) 18<br />dia [dʒ'ia] (m) 天<br />doze [d'ozi] (num) 12<br />e [i] (c) 和<br />estudar [estud'ar] (vi|vp|vt) 学习<br />feliz [fel'is] (a) 幸福的<br />fresco [fr'esku] (a) 新鲜的<br />gato [g'atu] (m) 猫<br />grande [gr'andʒi] (a) 大的<br />haver [av'er] (vi|vt) 有<br />hoje ['oʒi] (ad) 今天<br />ir [ir] (vi|vp) 去<br /></td><td style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; border-top-width: 1px; border-right-width: 1px; border-bottom-width: 1px; border-left-width: 1px; border-top-style: solid; border-right-style: solid; border-bottom-style: solid; border-left-style: solid; border-top-color: gray; border-right-color: gray; border-bottom-color: gray; border-left-color: gray; padding-top: 3px; padding-right: 3px; padding-bottom: 3px; padding-left: 3px; vertical-align: top; width: 399px; ">leste [l'estʃi] (m) 东<br />Lisboa [lisb'oa] (n) 里斯本（葡萄牙首都）<br />loja [l'oʒa] (f) 商店<br />Luanda [lu'anda] (n) 罗安达（安哥拉首都）<br />mas [mas] (c) 但是<br />morar [mor'ar] (vi) 居住<br />muito [m'uitu] (a) 多的<br />norte [n'ortʃi] (m) 北<br />oeste [o'estʃi] (m) 西<br />onze ['onzi] (num) 11<br />p&#227;o [paŋ] (m) 面包<br />para [p'ara] (prep) 到<br />partir [partʃ'ir] (vi|vp) 出发<br />pequeno [pek'enu] (a) 小的<br />Pequim [pek'in] (n) 北京（中国首都）<br />porta [p'orta] (f) 门<br />Portugal [portug'au] (m) 葡萄牙<br />pouco [p'ouku] (a) 少的<br />preto [pr'etu] (a) 黑色的<br />quatorze [kwat'orzi] (num) 14<br />quinze [k'inzi] (num) 15<br />sul [s'uu] (m) 南<br />ter [ter] (vt) 有<br />todo [t'odu] (p) 全部<br />treze [tr'ezi] (num) 13<br />trig&#233;simo [triʒ'ezimu] (num) 第30<br />trinta [tr'inta] (num) 30<br />um, uma, uns, umas [un, 'uma, uns, 'umas] (art) 一个，一些<br />vig&#233;simo [viʒ'ezimu] (num) 第20<br />vinte [v'intʃi] (num) 20<br />vir [vir] (vi|vp) 来<br /></td></tr></tbody></table></div><p style="font: normal normal normal 14px/150% 'Lucida Sans Unicode'; text-align: center; ">&nbsp;</p></span></div><img src ="http://www.blogjava.net/jjshcc/aggbug/403447.html" width = "1" height = "1" /><br><br><div align=right><a style="text-decoration:none;" href="http://www.blogjava.net/jjshcc/" target="_blank">Eric_jiang</a> 2013-08-29 16:49 <a href="http://www.blogjava.net/jjshcc/archive/2013/08/29/403447.html#Feedback" target="_blank" style="text-decoration:none;">发表评论</a></div>]]></description></item><item><title>葡语十日入门-第1课</title><link>http://www.blogjava.net/jjshcc/archive/2013/08/29/403444.html</link><dc:creator>Eric_jiang</dc:creator><author>Eric_jiang</author><pubDate>Thu, 29 Aug 2013 08:35:00 GMT</pubDate><guid>http://www.blogjava.net/jjshcc/archive/2013/08/29/403444.html</guid><wfw:comment>http://www.blogjava.net/jjshcc/comments/403444.html</wfw:comment><comments>http://www.blogjava.net/jjshcc/archive/2013/08/29/403444.html#Feedback</comments><slash:comments>0</slash:comments><wfw:commentRss>http://www.blogjava.net/jjshcc/comments/commentRss/403444.html</wfw:commentRss><trackback:ping>http://www.blogjava.net/jjshcc/services/trackbacks/403444.html</trackback:ping><description><![CDATA[&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; 摘要: 第1课1.1 葡语字母的发音1.2 葡语字母发音的补充说明1.3 让谷歌翻译朗读葡语单词和句子1.4 重音符号与重读1.5 名词的性1.6 定冠词o/a1.7 动词的现在时1.8 主格人称代词1.9 动词ser/estar1.10 名词的数1.11 1至10的基数词和序数词1.12 肯定句、否定句和疑问句1.13 介词de/a/em1.14 葡语字母表1.15 本课词汇表1.1 葡语字母的发音葡语...&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href='http://www.blogjava.net/jjshcc/archive/2013/08/29/403444.html'>阅读全文</a><img src ="http://www.blogjava.net/jjshcc/aggbug/403444.html" width = "1" height = "1" /><br><br><div align=right><a style="text-decoration:none;" href="http://www.blogjava.net/jjshcc/" target="_blank">Eric_jiang</a> 2013-08-29 16:35 <a href="http://www.blogjava.net/jjshcc/archive/2013/08/29/403444.html#Feedback" target="_blank" style="text-decoration:none;">发表评论</a></div>]]></description></item></channel></rss>